Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Middlefield Banc Corp.

Middlefield Banc Corp.

mbcn · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker mbcn
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Middlefield Banc Corp.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2015 Annual Report

VISION    FOCUS    PERFORMANCE

CLEVELAND

MENTOR

CHARDON

ASHTABULA

ORWELL

NEWBURY

MIDDLEFIELD

GEAUGA

CORTLAND

MANTUA

GARRETTSVILLE

TRUMBULL

PORTAGE

DELAWARE

DUBLIN

WESTERVILLE

FRANKLIN

COLUMBUS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Statistical Summary ................................................................. 1

Decade of Progress .................................................................. 2

Letter to Our Shareholders ........................................................ 4

Letter from the Chairman ......................................................... 6

Middlefield Banc Corp. Board of Directors ..................................... 7

The Middlefield Banking Company Officers .................................... 8

The Middlefield Banking Company Staff & Branch Locations ............... 9

Form 10-K ....................................................... Following Page 12

Shareholder Information .......................................Inside Back Cover

CORTLANDGARRETTSVILLENEWBURYORWELLCHARDONDUBLINWESTERVILLEMANTUACOLUMBUSPORTAGETRUMBULLGEAUGAASHTABULAFRANKLINDELAWAREMIDDLEFIELDLAKEMENTORCORTLANDGARRETTSVILLENEWBURYORWELLCHARDONDUBLINWESTERVILLEMANTUACOLUMBUSPORTAGETRUMBULLGEAUGAASHTABULAFRANKLINDELAWAREMIDDLEFIELDLAKEMENTORSTATISTICAL SUMMARY

$
7
,
0
2
8

$
7
,
1
8
0

$
6
,
8
6
5

$
6
,
2
8
1

$
6
5
4
,
5
5
1

$
6
7
0
,
2
8
8

$
6
4
7
,
0
9
0

$
6
7
7
,
5
3
1

$
7
3
5
,
1
3
9

$
3
3
.
1
9

$
3
1
.
1
2

$
2
6
.
8
1

$
2
7
.
8
3

$
2
6
.
3
1

$
4
,
1
3
0

 ’11 

’12 

’13 

’14 

’15

 ’11 

’12 

’13 

’14 

’15

 ’11 

’12 

’13 

’14 

’15

Net Income 
(in thousands)

Total Assets 
(in thousands)

Book Value Per Share

$
6
3
,
8
6
7

$
6
2
,
3
0
4

$
5
5
,
4
3
7

$
5
3
,
4
7
3

$
4
7
,
2
5
3

$
5
2
7
,
3
2
5

$
4
6
3
,
7
3
8

$
4
2
8
,
6
7
9

$
3
9
5
,
0
6
1

$
4
0
0
,
6
5
4

1
.
0
6
%

1
.
0
7
%

0
.
9
7
%

0
.
9
5
%

0
.
6
5
%

 ’11 

’12 

’13 

’14 

’15

 ’11 

’12 

’13 

’14 

’15

 ’11 

’12 

’13 

’14 

’15

Equity Capital 
(in thousands)

Net Loans Outstanding 
(in thousands)

Return on Average Assets

$
3
.
4
8

$
3
.
5
2

$
3
.
4
1

$
3
.
2
9

$
1
.
0
4

$
1
.
0
4

$
1
.
0
4

$
1
.
0
4

$
1
.
0
7

$
2
.
4
5

1
3
.
1
7
%

1
1
.
9
8
%

1
2
.
1
7
%

1
0
.
6
2
%

1
0
.
2
4
%

 ’11 

’12 

’13 

’14 

’15

 ’11 

’12 

’13 

’14 

’15

 ’11 

’12 

’13 

’14 

’15

Basic Earnings Per Share

Dividends Per Share

Return on Average Equity

|1|

8000

7000

6000

5000

4000

3000

2000

1000

0

80000

70000

60000

50000

40000

30000

20000

10000

0

2.60

2.08

1.56

1.04

0.52

0.00

700000

612500

525000

437500

350000

262500

175000

87500

0

420000

367500

315000

262500

210000

157500

105000

52500

0

1.129998

0.941665

0.753332

0.564999

0.376666

0.188333

0.000000

28.99998

24.16665

19.33332

14.49999

9.66666

4.83333

0.00000

0.90

0.72

0.54

0.36

0.18

0.00

10.99998

9.16665

7.33332

5.49999

3.66666

1.83333

0.00000

2015 ANNUAL REPORT DECADE OF PROGRESS

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except earnings per share data) 

2006 

2007 

2008

Interest Income 

Interest Expense 

Net Interest Income 

Provision for Loan Loss 

Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses 
Noninterest Income, Including Security Gains/Losses 

Noninterest Expense 

Income Before Income Taxes 

Income Taxes 

Net Income 

Total Assets 

Deposits 

Equity Capital 

Loans Outstanding, Net 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

Net Charge-offs  

Full Time Employees (Average Equivalents) 

Number of Offices 

Earnings Per Share 

Dividends Per Share 

Book Value Per Share 

Dividend Payout Ratio 

Cash Dividends Paid 

Return on Average Assets 

Return on Average Equity 

$  19,494 

$  24,873 

$  26,038

8,567 

10,927 

60 

10,867 
2,427 

7,938 

5,356 

1,472 

13,531 

11,342 

430 

10,912 
2,632 

9,373 

4,171 

796 

14,058

11,980

608

11,372
2,226

10,596

3,002

387

$    3,884 

$    3,375 

$    2,615

$340,604 

$434,273 

$467,847

271,050 

30,464 

246,342 

2,849 

52 

80 

8 

362,918 

34,962 

306,147 

3,299 

423 

91 

9 

394,819

35,059

318,019

3,557

351

101

10

$      2.60 

$      2.17 

$      1.72

0.87 

20.30 

0.94 

22.56 

1.03

22.83

33.43% 

43.07% 

60.25% 

$    1,299 

$    1,454 

$    1,575

1.22% 

13.59% 

0.85% 

10.06% 

0.58%

7.91%

|2|

MIDDLEFIELD BANC CORP.2009 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

 2015

$  26,051 

$  29,094 

$  29,727 

$  28,746 

$  28,178 

$  27,874 

$  28,595

11,783 

14,268 

2,578 

11,690 

2,668 

12,650 

1,708 

10,945 

18,149 

3,580 

14,569 

2,623 

14,763 

2,429 

(73) 

(88) 

8,652 

21,075 

3,085 

17,990 

2,237 

15,501 

4,726 

596 

6,447 

22,299 

2,168 

20,131 

3,451 

15,639 

7,943 

1,662 

5,250 

22,928 

196 

22,732 

3,145 

16,870 

9,007 

1,979 

4,070 

23,804 

370 

23,434 

3,588 

17,850 

9,172 

1,992 

3,820

24,775 

315

24,460

4,044

20,077

8,427

1,562

$    1,781 

$    2,517 

$    4,130 

$    6,281 

$    7,028 

$    7,180 

$    6,865

$558,658 

$632,197 

$654,551 

$670,288 

$647,090 

$677,531 

$735,139

487,106 

36,707 

348,660 

4,937 

1,198 

106 

10 

565,251 

38,022 

366,277 

6,221 

2,296 

108 

10 

580,962 

47,253 

395,061 

6,819 

2,487 

113 

10 

593,335 

55,437 

400,654 

7,779 

1,208 

120 

10 

568,836 

53,473 

428,679 

7,046 

929 

125 

10 

586,112 

63,867 

463,738 

6,846 

570 

139 

10 

624,447

62,304

527,325

6,385

776

143

10

$      1.15 

$      1.60 

$      2.45 

$      3.29 

$      3.48 

$      3.52 

$      3.41

1.04 

23.46 

1.04 

23.90 

1.04 

26.81 

1.04 

27.83 

1.04 

26.31 

1.04 

31.12 

1.07

33.19

90.28% 

65.04% 

42.71% 

31.87% 

29.84% 

29.54%           30.90% 

$    1,608 

$    1,637 

$    1,764 

$    2,002 

$    2,048 

$    2,121 

$    2,153 

0.36% 
4.90% 

0.41% 
6.44% 

0.65% 
10.24% 

0.95% 
11.98% 

1.06% 
13.17% 

1.07% 
12.17% 

0.97%
10.62%   

NOTE:  The above per share amounts have been restated to 5% stock dividends paid in 2006 and 2007. 

|3|

2015 ANNUAL REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LETTER TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS

income  for  the  year.  For  2015,  noninterest  income 
increased 12.7% for 2015 to $4.0 million, as a result of 
gains on the sale of loans, the increase in investment gains, 
and earnings on bank-owned life insurance policies. 

To achieve these favorable results, we have to invest in our 
business to increase our competitiveness and support our 
growth. During 2014, many of the investments we made 
were focused on upgrading our operations and enhancing 
our  products  and  services.  This  year,  our  investment 
strategy focused on adding highly-experienced associates 
and expanding our footprint to help us achieve our growth 
objectives. We have significantly enhanced our operations, 
and I am encouraged by the results they are producing as 
we create long-term value for all of our stakeholders.  

Investments typically come at a cost because they take time 
to  produce  returns.  During  2015,  noninterest  expense 
was $20.1 million, an increase of $2.2 million, or 12.5% 
from  2014.  The  increase  in  noninterest  expenses  was 
higher than our growth in interest income and noninterest 
income, and as a result, our net income declined modestly 
to $6.9 million from last year’s $7.2 million, and diluted 
earnings  per  share  for  2015  declined  by  3.1%  to  $3.39 
from 2014’s $3.50. 

We expect the investments we made in 2015, such as the 
addition of our new Loan Production Office in Mentor, 
Ohio,  Middlefield’s  first  entrance  into  Lake  County,  to 
contribute  to  earnings  in  the  coming  quarters.  A  good 
indicator of potential improvements to profitability is our 
growth in earning assets. During 2015, our loan portfolio 
increased 13.4% to a record $533.7 million. Importantly, 
our yield on earning assets stayed relatively consistent in 
2015 at 4.51% compared to 4.56% at December 31, 2014, 
while  our  cost  of  interest-bearing  liabilities  declined  to 
0.72% from 0.79% at December 31, 2014. The impact of 

Thomas G. Caldwell 
President and Chief Executive Officer

To Our Shareholders and Friends:

We ended 2015 with record assets and loans outstanding, 
and experienced higher year-over-year net interest income 
and noninterest income. Total assets increased 8.5% to a 
record $735.1 million from 2014’s $677.5 million. While 
we grew the bank’s assets during the year, I am pleased to 
report our asset quality continued to improve as a result 
of  our  prudent  lending  practices  and  improvements  in 
our local economies. Nonperforming assets to total assets 
declined 13 basis points to 1.59% at December 31, 2015. 
This is the lowest level of nonperforming assets to total 
assets since June 30, 2008.

The  Company’s  larger  asset  base  and  controlled  cost 
of  funds  helped  Middlefield  achieve  record  net  interest 
income for 2015, which increased 4.1% to $24.8 million. 
In addition, the Company also achieved record noninterest  

|4|

MIDDLEFIELD BANC CORP.lower cost of funds, and the slight decrease in yield, helped 
slightly improve our net interest spread and net interest 
margin.  We  continue  to  manage  our  cost  of  funds  and 
expect margins to remain stable in 2016. 

We ended the 2015 fourth quarter with good asset growth 
and a strong pipeline of potential loans. The economies of 
our local communities remain healthy, as the majority of the 
Ohio counties we serve had unemployment rates lower than 
the national average. Middlefield’s communities continue  
to show economic growth and development as a result of 
our  markets’  diversified  manufacturing  base  and  strong 
business environment. In addition, our Central Ohio region  
is benefiting from its proximity to the State Capital and 
major  universities.  We  are  optimistic  favorable  trends 
within our markets will continue throughout 2016. 

Our  markets  will  remain  competitive  and  increased 
regulations  are  impacting  all  banks  ability  to  profitably 
grow. Consolidation among banks is a continuing trend as  
institutions are seeking to increase efficiencies, lower costs, 
and improve their operations to adjust to a more challenging 
operating  environment.  Middlefield’s  management  team  
and  Board  of  Directors  is  committed  to  remaining 
independent.  In  order  to  accomplish  this  goal,  we  must 
continually  enhance  shareholder  returns  by  investing 
in  growth,  producing  favorable  returns,  and  returning 
value to shareholders. To this end, the Board of Directors 
increased  the  quarterly  cash  dividend  3.8%  from  $0.26 
to $0.27. In addition, we are actively working on organic 
growth  initiatives  within  our  markets  and  we  are  in  a 
position  to  consider  acquisition  opportunities  that  share 
our core operating values. 

It is important to note, that throughout our recent evolution, 
we have and will remain committed to maintaining our 
conservative, community-oriented values. Our associates 
embody  these  core  values  every  day,  which  drives  our 

|5|

success and I’d like to use this opportunity to thank all of 
our associates for their hard work and dedication. 

While  we  added  a  number  of  new  people  to  the  bank, 
we also lost a member of Middlefield’s family, Jim Long. 
Jim  enjoyed  a  meaningful  career  in  banking  and  served 
dutifully as the Company President, Central Ohio Region. 
I had the great pleasure of knowing and working directly 
with him over the past eight years. Jim was a good friend 
and an extremely talented banker. He will not be forgotten 
by  the  large  number  of  people  he  touched  and  worked 
with throughout the bank and within our communities. 

I’d also like to recognize the addition of Charles Moore, 
Middlefield  Bank’s  Central  Ohio  Regional  President. 
Chuck is a seasoned banker, having spent over 25 years at 
various financial institutions in the Columbus market. He 
has a solid management track record and we are thrilled to 
have Chuck leading our Central Ohio region. 

As we look to the new year, we are very pleased with the 
progress we have made in positioning the bank to increase 
its  market  share  in  the  communities  we  serve,  and  the 
belief that 2016 will be another good year for Middlefield. 
On  behalf  of  the  entire  Middlefield  Banc  Corp.  team, 
thank you for your continued support and your confidence 
in  our  abilities  and  dedication  to  safeguard  and  grow  
your investment.

Sincerely,

Thomas G. Caldwell
President and Chief Executive Officer

2015 ANNUAL REPORTLETTER FROM THE CHAIRMAN

The banking industry continues to experience significant 
change. Thirty years ago, there were over 15,000 banks 
and  now  banks  number  less  than  6,300.  Technology 
demands  continue  to  increase  coupled  with  the  threat 
of  more  aggressive  cybersecurity  concerns.  Regulatory 
compliance requirements are the toughest they have ever 
been  for  financial  institutions.  All  of  these  factors  have 
contributed to the banking industry consolidation.

We  have  remained  resilient  through  these  changing  and 
challenging times and continue to be a strong community 
bank  in  comparison  to  peer.  Our  assets  have  increased 
to  $735  million  and  we  have  experienced  strong  loan 
growth, which we are hopeful will continue in 2016. Our 
organization must remain disciplined and focused on core 
competencies to remain competitive.

Our people are our greatest asset in the Middlefield Banc 
Corp.  organization.  We  continue  to  thrive  and  prosper 
in  the  communities  we  serve  due  to  our  employees’ 
commitment to our customers.

Surround yourself with great people and we can do great 
things. We have formed a strong management team and 
have built an organization that is poised to seek additional 
growth opportunities. We embrace this strategic initiative 
and look forward to a bright future.

On  behalf  of  the  Middlefield  Banc  Corp.  Board  of 
Directors  and  our  employees,  we  thank  you  for  your 
continued support.

Sincerely,

Carolyn J. Turk, C.P.A.
Chairman, Board of Directors

Chairman’s Report to the Shareholders
2015 was a year of progress for Middlefield Banc Corp. 
During  the  year,  we  increased  our  quarterly  dividend 
to our shareholders to $0.27 per share, we repurchased 
shares,  and  initiated  our  first  venture  in  to  the  Lake 
County  market  by  opening  a  loan  production  office  in 
Mentor.  In  addition  to  these  accomplishments,  we  have 
continued enhancements to our mobile banking platform, 
expanded  our  mortgage  banking  options,  and  are  in 
the  development  stages  of  implementing  an  enterprise 
risk  management  system.  All  of  these  programs  require 
significant investments in our infrastructure in terms of 
talent and systems. These investments have impacted our 
financial performance in the short term but are strategic 
in nature and serve to position us well for the future. 

Carolyn J. Turk
Chairman, Board of Directors

|6|

MIDDLEFIELD BANC CORP. 
 
 
 
 
MIDDLEFIELD BANC CORP. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Carolyn J. Turk, C.P.A. – 2004
Chairman, Board of Directors
Middlefield Banc Corp.
The Middlefield Banking Company
Controller
Molded Fiber Glass Companies

Thomas G. Caldwell – 1997
President and Chief Executive Officer
Middlefield Banc Corp.
The Middlefield Banking Company

James R. Heslop, II – 2001
Executive Vice President
Chief Operating Officer
Middlefield Banc Corp.
The Middlefield Banking Company

Robert W. Toth – 2009
Retired: Gold Key Processing, Ltd

Eric W. Hummel – 2011
President
Hummel Construction

Darryl E. Mast – 2013
Chief Operations Officer
Hattie Larlham

James J. McCaskey – 2004
President
McCaskey Landscape and Design, 
LLC

Joseph J. Thomas, CFA – 2013
Chairman, President and  
Chief Executive Officer 
Bay Bancorp, Inc.

William J. Skidmore – 2007
Northeast Ohio Senior  
District Manager
Waste Management  
of Ohio, Inc.

Clayton W. Rose, III, C.P.A.* – 
2014
Executive Principal 
Rea & Associates, Inc.

Kenneth E. Jones – 2008
President
Chesapeake Financial Advisors 

Central Ohio Region Advisory Board
Jeffrey A. Gongwer 
George J. Kontogiannis, AIA 
Timothy C. Long 
Michael J. Moran

* denotes The Middlefield Banking Company Director only

|7|

2015 ANNUAL REPORT 
 
THE MIDDLEFIELD BANKING COMPANY OFFICERS

Thomas G. Caldwell – 1986
President and Chief Executive Officer

James R. Heslop, II – 1996
Executive Vice President
Chief Operating Officer

Teresa M. Hetrick – 1996
Senior Vice President
Operations/Administration

Donald L. Stacy – 1999
Senior Vice President
Chief Financial Officer

Dennis E. Linville – 2006
Senior Vice President
Area Executive

Eric P. Hollinger – 2013
Senior Vice President
Senior Lender

David G. Dalessandro – 2014
Senior Vice President
Chief Credit Officer

Jeffrey N. Male – 2014
Senior Vice President
Chief Residential Mortgage Officer

Kevin L. Miller – 2014
Senior Vice President
Chief Information Officer

Kathleen M. Johnson – 1971
Vice President
Chief Accounting Officer

Alfred F. Thompson, Jr. – 1996
Vice President
Loan Administration

Matthew E. Bellin – 2006
Vice President
Commercial Lender

Joe T. Glassco – 2009
Vice President
Commercial Lender

Felicia M. Hough – 2009
Vice President
Regional Branch Administration

Kevin J. Mitchell – 2007
Assistant Vice President
Lender II

Courtney M. Erminio – 2010
Vice President
Risk Officer

Laura E. Neale – 2010
Vice President
Commercial Lender

Michael C. Ranttila – 2011
Vice President
Controller

David E. Stuthard – 2013
Vice President
Commercial Lender

Robert J. Dawson – 2015
Vice President
Commercial Lender

Carole L. Shaull – 2015
Vice President
Human Resource Administrator

John Solich – 2015
Vice President
Commercial Lender

Karen D. Branham – 1983
Assistant Vice President
Bookkeeping Manager

Thomas R. Neikirk – 1994
Assistant Vice President
West Branch Manager

Kathleen M. Vanek – 1998
Assistant Vice President
Mantua Branch Manager

Marlin J. Moschell – 2000
Assistant Vice President
Orwell Lending Officer

|8|

Jean M. Carter – 2009
Assistant Vice President
Chardon Branch Manager/ 
Licensed Annuity Specialist

Dale L. Moore – 2009
Assistant Vice President
IT Administrator

Megan E. Eagan – 2010
Assistant Vice President
Dublin Branch Manager

James C. Foster – 2011
Assistant Vice President
Orwell Branch Manager

Stephen J. Lebold – 2012
Assistant Vice President
Westerville Branch Manager

Ryan N. Killen – 2014
Assistant Vice President
Commercial Lender

Brian J. Martinko – 2006
Banking Officer
Lender

Brett A. Richey – 2010
Banking Officer
Special Assets Manager

Mark A. Sawyer – 2010     
Banking Officer
Loan Department Supervisor

Lisabeth A. Muldowney – 2012
Banking Officer
Garrettsville Branch Manager

Lori A. Graham – 2013
Compliance/CRA Officer

Kristie Bond – 2014
BSA/Security Officer

MIDDLEFIELD BANC CORP. 
THE MIDDLEFIELD BANKING COMPANY STAFF & BRANCH LOCATIONS 

Main Office Walk up ATM
15985 East High Street, P.O. Box 35
Middlefield, Ohio 44062
888.801.1666 • 440.632.1666 • fax: 440.632.1700

Staff:
Mary Gerbasi – 2010 – Branch Manager
Kristina Stephens – 2006 – CSR/Licensed Annuity Specialist
Linda Chandler – 2007 – Teller
Melissa Gay – 2008 – Customer Service Representative
Denise Smith – 2009 – Head Teller 
Michele Hanobik – 2013 – Teller
Sarah Brugmann – 2015 – Teller
Tanya Crow – 2015 – Teller
Brenda Reiter – 2015 – Teller    
Alyssa Seydler – 2015 – Teller

Financial Services:
Thomas Hart – 2004 – Financial Consultant
Stacey Albright – 2011 – Financial Consultant Assistant

Lending Department:
Jane Armstrong – 1998 – Lender
Michael Morrison – 2010 – Special Assets Manager
Julie Adams – 2013 – Commercial Loan Administrator
Nicole Marlowe – 2014 – Commercial Loan Administrator

Human Resources:
Sean Gerin – 2011 – HR Assistant

West Branch Drive up ATM
15545 West High Street, P.O. Box 35
Middlefield, Ohio 44062
888.801.1666 • 440.632.8113 • fax: 440.632.9781

Staff:
Patti Russo – 1982 – CSR/Licensed Annuity Specialist
Rachel Dean – 1985 – Head Teller
Bethany Rowland –  2008 – Consumer Lender/ 

Brenda Varner – 2008 – Teller

Deposit Specialist

Melissa Mathews – 2009– Teller
Heather Eiermann – 2011 – Teller
Nancy McCullough – 2011 – Teller 
Candice Bowers – 2014 – Teller* 
Rachel Reese – 2014 – Teller* 

|9|

* denotes part time

2015 ANNUAL REPORT 
Garrettsville Branch Drive up ATM
8058 State Street
Garrettsville, Ohio 44231
888.801.1666 • 330.527.2121 • fax: 330.527.4210
Staff:
Vickie Moss – 1998 – Teller
Colleen Steele – 1998 – Head Teller
Dawn Semich – 2005 – CSR/Licensed Annuity Specialist
LynnRae Derthick – 2006 – Teller
Lisa Morrison – 2012 – Teller
Grace Ebie – 2013 – Teller
Sarah Lockemer – 2015 – Teller

Orwell Branch Drive up ATM
30 South Maple Street, P.O. Box 66
Orwell, Ohio 44076
888.801.1666 • 440.437.7200 • fax: 440.437.1111
Staff:
Lisa Stokes – 2012 – Teller
Katrina Port – 2013 – Head Teller
Heather Mance – 2014 – Teller
Mandy Lew – 2015 – Customer Service Representative

Cortland Branch Drive up ATM
3450 Niles-Cortland Road
Cortland, Ohio 44410
888.801.1666 • 330.637.3208 • fax: 330.637.3207
Staff:
Bonnie Davis – 2013 – Branch Manager
Lisa Swango – 2006 – CSR/Licensed Annuity Specialist
Jill Donko – 2013 – Head Teller
Cindy Hynst – 2013 – Teller
Michelle DeMichael – 2015 – Teller

Mantua Branch Walk up ATM
10519 Main Street, P.O. Box 648
Mantua, Ohio 44255
888.801.1666 • 330.274.0881 • fax: 330.274.0883
Staff:
Alyssa Boxler – 2012 – Teller*
Katelyn Cook – 2012 – CSR/Licensed Annuity Specialist
Nicole Lange – 2012 – Teller
Tammi Apple – 2013 – Teller

|10|

* denotes part time

MIDDLEFIELD BANC CORP.Newbury Branch Drive up ATM
11110 Kinsman Road, Suite 1, P.O. Box 208
Newbury, Ohio 44065
888.801.1666 • 440.564.7000 • fax: 440.564.7004
Staff:
Kathy Shanholtzer – 2007 – Branch Manager
Helen Milburn – 2008 – Teller
Wendy Cherney – 2013 – Teller
Michelle Bahleda – 2014 – Lender

Chardon Branch Drive up ATM
348 Center Street, P.O. Box 1078
Chardon, Ohio 44024
888.801.1666 • 440.286.1222 • fax: 440.286.1111
Staff:
Dottie Brown – 2006 – Head Teller
Nerina Mazurek – 2013 – Teller*
Frances Bozeglav – 2014 – Teller

Dublin Branch Drive up ATM
6215 Perimeter Drive
Dublin, Ohio 43017
614.793.4631 • fax: 614.793.8922
Staff:
Colleen Pirrmann – 2011 – Loan Specialist
Jennifer Marzolf – 2013 – Teller*
Marissa Davis – 2015 – Float Teller
Tyler Henkle – 2015 – Credit Analyst
Lori Jones – 2015 – Head Teller

Westerville Branch Drive up ATM
17 North State Street
Westerville, Ohio 43081
614.890.7832 • fax: 614.890.4633 
Staff:
Jason Nelson – 2011 – Head Teller 
Jana Daugherty – 2012 – Teller*
Vannak Voeum – 2015 – Float Teller

|11|

* denotes part time

2015 ANNUAL REPORT 528 Administrative Offices
15200 Madison Road, P.O. Box 35
Middlefield, Ohio 44062
888.801.1666 

Loan Department:
Helen Stowe – 1985 – Loan Data Specialist
Vivian Helmick – 1998 – Loan Data Specialist
Diana Koller – 1998 – Loan Documentation Specialist
Carolyn Fackler – 2001 – Consumer Loan Processor
Sue Trumbull – 2005 – Bank Card Representative
Darleen Beaver – 2007 –  Loan Documentation 
                                             Specialist/Receptionist*
Shannon Smith – 2009 – Residential Loan Processor
J. Thomas Browne – 2010 – Credit Analyst
Carmella Honkala – 2010 – Consumer Loan Processor
Sonya Green – 2013 – Loan Data Specialist
Jenni Underwood – 2013 – Residential Loan Closer
Maryann Damante – 2014 – Residential Loan Processor
Deanne Drenik – 2014 – Commercial Loan Processor
Christine Iannetta – 2014 – Loan Data Specialist
Sandra Miller – 2014 – Credit Analyst
Daniel Plant – 2014 – Underwriter
Christine Roberts – 2014 – Residential Loan Processor
Linda Zak – 2014 – Residential Lending Service Manager
Steven Fleyshman – 2015 – Credit Analyst

Operations:
Karen Westover – 1983 – Bookkeeper
Pamela Malcuit – 1989 – Bookkeeper
Donna Williams – 1990 – Bookkeeper
Lauren Harth – 1995 – BSA/Security Assistant*
Tara Morgan – 1997 – Proof Specialist
Bonnie Hofstetter – 1998 – Courier*
Lisa Sanborn – 2000 – Electronic Banking Specialist
Joan Sweet – 2002 – Bookkeeper 
Marcia Dziczkowski – 2008 – Bookkeeper
David Harth – 2008 – Facility Manager
Carrie Reiter – 2008 – Courier*
Derreck Haynes – 2011 – Systems Training/Development 

 Specialist

Erica Brilla – 2012 – Support Center Representative
Patricia Kelley – 2012 – Support Center Representative
Juliann Kish – 2012 – IS Support/Marketing Assistant
Marie Casserlie – 2013 – Float Teller
Robin Maynard – 2013 – Float Teller
John Wilt – 2013 – Network Administrator
Stephanie Jimenez – 2014 – Support Center Representative
Christopher Pratt – 2014 – Customer Support Specialist
Kimberly Utterback – 2014 – Compliance Assistant
Sheri Wedge – 2014 – Bookkeeper
Jamie Brinkerhoff – 2015 – Electronic Banking Representative
Rachel Gordon – 2015 – Staff Accountant
Erna Leagan-Mabel – 2015 – Float Teller
Victoria Poole – 2015 – Float Teller
Mirsadies Yon – 2015 – Support Center Representative

Lake County Loan Production Office
8373 Mentor Avenue
Mentor, Ohio 44060
440.632.8140 

|12|

* denotes part time

MIDDLEFIELD BANC CORP.UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for the fiscal year ended: 
December 31, 2015 

Commission File Number: 001-36613 

Middlefield Banc Corp. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Ohio 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

34-1585111 
(IRS Employer Identification No.) 

15985 East High Street, Middlefield, Ohio 44062-0035 
(440) 632-1666 
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,  
including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices) 

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act: common stock, without par value 

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act: none 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes ☐  No ☑ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes ☐  No ☑ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has 
been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☑  No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive 
Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 
months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☑  No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be 
contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this 
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting 
company. See definition of “accelerated filer,” “large accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 
Act. (Check one):  
Large accelerated filer ☐       Accelerated filer ☐       Non-accelerated filer ☐       Smaller reporting company ☑ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes ☐  No ☑ 

The aggregate market value on June 30, 2015 of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $67.5 million. 
As of March 9, 2016, there were 1,877,379 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. 

Documents Incorporated by Reference      

Portions  of  the  registrant’s  definitive  proxy  statements  for  the  2016  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  are  incorporated  by  reference  in 
Part III of this report. Portions of the Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2015 are incorporated by reference 
into Part I and Part II of this report. 

13 

   
 
MIDDLEFIELD BANC CORP. 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 
INDEX TO FORM 10-K 

Part I 

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

Business ...................................................................................................................................................... 
Risk Factors ................................................................................................................................................. 
Unresolved Staff Comments ....................................................................................................................... 
Properties .................................................................................................................................................... 
Legal Proceedings ....................................................................................................................................... 
Mine Safety Disclosures ............................................................................................................................. 

Part II 

Item 5.  

Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities ..................................................................................................................................................... 
Selected Financial Data ............................................................................................................................... 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ...................... 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk ..................................................................... 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ........................................................................................... 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ...................... 
Controls and Procedures ............................................................................................................................. 
Other Information........................................................................................................................................ 

Part III 

Page 

15
34
38
39
40
40

40
40
40
41
41
41
41
41

Item 10.  
Item 11. 
Item 12. 
Item 13. 
Item 14. 

Directors, Executive Officers of the Registrant, and Corporate Governance .............................................. 
Executive Compensation ............................................................................................................................. 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters .... 
Certain Relationships, Related Transactions, and Director Independence .................................................. 
Principal Accountant Fees and Services ..................................................................................................... 

42
42
  42
42
42

Item 15.  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ............................................................................................... 

43

SIGNATURES 

Part IV 

14 

  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Item 1 — Business 

Middlefield  Banc  Corp.  Incorporated  in  1988  under  the  Ohio  General  Corporation  Law,  Middlefield  Banc  Corp. 
(“Company”)  is  a  bank  holding  company  registered  under  the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act  of  1956.  The  Company’s 
subsidiaries are: 

1.  The  Middlefield  Banking  Company  (“MBC”),  an  Ohio-chartered  commercial  bank  that  began  operations  in  1901.
MBC engages in a general commercial banking business in northeastern and central Ohio. The principal executive
office is located at 15985 East High Street, Middlefield, Ohio 44062-0035, and its telephone number is (440) 632-
1666. 

2.  EMORECO Inc., an Ohio asset resolution corporation headquartered in Middlefield, Ohio. EMORECO engages in the
resolution and disposition of troubled assets in central Ohio. The principal executive office is located at 15985 East
High Street, Middlefield, Ohio 44062-0035, and its telephone number is (440) 632-1666. 

The Middlefield Banking Company MBC was chartered under Ohio law in 1901. MBC offers customers a broad range of 
banking services including checking, savings, negotiable order of withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts, money market accounts, 
time  certificates  of  deposit,  commercial  loans,  real  estate  loans,  a  variety  of  consumer  loans,  safe  deposit  facilities,  and 
travelers’ checks. MBC offers online banking and bill payment services to individuals and online cash management services 
to business customers through its website at www.middlefieldbank.com. 

Engaged in general commercial banking in northeastern and central Ohio, MBC offers these services principally to small and 
medium-sized  businesses,  professionals,  small  business  owners,  and  retail  customers.  MBC  has  developed  a  marketing 
program to attract and retain consumer accounts and to match banking services and facilities with the needs of customers. 

MBC’s loan products include operational and working capital loans, loans to finance capital purchases, term business loans, 
residential  construction  loans,  selected  guaranteed  or  subsidized  loan  programs  for  small  businesses,  professional  loans, 
residential and mortgage loans, and consumer installment loans to purchase automobiles, boats, make home improvements, 
and other personal expenditures. Although the bank makes agricultural loans, it currently has no significant agricultural loans. 

EMORECO Organized in 2009 as an Ohio corporation under the name EMORECO, Inc. and wholly owned by the Company, 
the purpose of the asset resolution subsidiary is to maintain, manage, and dispose of nonperforming loans and other real estate 
owned (“OREO”) acquired by the subsidiary bank as the result of borrower default on real estate-secured loans. At December 
31,  2015,  EMORECO’s  assets  consist  of  one  nonperforming  loan  and  five  OREO  properties.  According  to  Federal  law 
governing bank holding companies, the real estate must be disposed of within two years of acquisition, although limited 
extensions may be granted by the Federal Reserve Bank. Per federal law, a holding company subsidiary has limited real estate 
investment powers. EMORECO may only manage and maintain property and may not improve or develop property without 
advance approval of the Federal Reserve Bank. 

Market  Area  MBC’s  market  area  in  northeastern  Ohio  consists  principally  of  Geauga,  Portage,  Lake,  Trumbull,  and 
Ashtabula  Counties.  Benefitting  from  the  area’s  proximity  to  Cleveland  and  Warren,  population  and  income  levels  have 
maintained steady growth over the years. MBC’s two central Ohio branches are located in Dublin and Westerville in Franklin 
County, north of Columbus.   

Forward-looking  Statements  This  document  contains  forward-looking  statements  (as  defined  in  the  Private  Securities 
Litigation Reform Act of 1995) about the Company and subsidiaries. Information incorporated in this document by reference, 
future filings by the Company on Form 10-Q and Form 8-K, and future oral and written statements by the Company and its 
management may also contain forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include statements about anticipated 
operating and financial performance, such as loan originations, operating efficiencies, loan sales, charge-offs and loan loss 
provisions,  growth  opportunities,  interest  rates,  and  deposit  growth.  Words  such  as  “may,”  “could,”  “should,”  “would,” 
“believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “project,” “plan,” and similar  expressions are intended to identify 
these forward-looking statements. 

Forward-looking statements are necessarily subject to many risks and uncertainties. A number of things could cause actual 
results  to differ  materially  from  those  indicated  by  the forward-looking  statements.  These  include  the factors  we discuss 
immediately below, those addressed under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations,” other factors discussed elsewhere in this document or identified in our filings with the Securities and 
Exchange  Commission,  and  those  presented  elsewhere  by  our  management  from  time  to  time.  Many  of  the  risks  and 
uncertainties are beyond our control. The following factors could cause our operating and financial performance to differ 
15 

  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
         
  
  
materially  from  the  plans,  objectives,  assumptions,  expectations,  estimates,  and  intentions  expressed  in  forward-looking 
statements: 

•  the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which we conduct our 
operations; general economic conditions, either nationally or regionally, may be less favorable than we expect, resulting in a 
deterioration in the credit quality of our loan assets, among other things 

• the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest-rate policies of the Federal 
Reserve Board 

• inflation, interest rate, market, and monetary fluctuations 

•  the development and acceptance of new products and services of the Company and subsidiaries and the perceived overall 
value of these products and services by users, including the features, pricing, and quality compared to competitors’ products 
and services 

• the willingness of users to substitute our products and services for those of competitors 

• the impact of changes in financial services laws and regulations (including laws concerning taxes, banking, securities, and 
insurance) 

• changes in consumer spending and saving habits 

Forward-looking  statements  are  based  on  our  beliefs,  plans,  objectives,  goals,  assumptions,  expectations,  estimates,  and 
intentions as of the date the statements are made. Investors should exercise caution because the Company cannot give any 
assurance that its beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, assumptions, expectations, estimates, and intentions will be realized. The 
Company disclaims any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements based on the occurrence of future 
events, the receipt of new information, or otherwise. 

Lending — Loan Portfolio Composition and Activity. The Bank makes residential and commercial mortgage, home equity, 
secured  and  unsecured  consumer  installment,  commercial  and  industrial,  and  real  estate  construction  loans  for  owner-
occupied and rental properties. The Bank’s Credit Policy aspires to a loan composition mix consisting of approximately 40% 
to 50% consumer purpose transactions including residential real estate loans, home equity loans and other consumer loans. 
The Policy is also designed to provide for 35% to 40% of total loans as business purpose commercial loans and business and 
consumer credit card accounts of up to 5% of total loans. 

Although Ohio law imposes no material restrictions on the types of loans the Bank may make, real estate-based lending has 
historically been the primary focus. For prudential reasons, we avoid lending on the security of real estate located outside our 
market area. Ohio law does restrict the amount of loans an Ohio-chartered bank may make, generally limiting credit to any 
single borrower to less than 15% of capital. An additional margin of 10% of capital is allowed for loans fully secured by 
readily  marketable  collateral.  This  15%  legal  lending  limit  has  not  been  a  material  restriction  on  lending.  We  can 
accommodate  loan  volumes  exceeding  the  legal  lending  limit  by  selling  loan  participations  to  other  banks.  As  of 
December 31, 2015, MBC’s 15%-of-capital limit on loans to a single borrower was approximately $10.9 million. 

The Bank offers specialized loans for business and commercial customers, including equipment and inventory financing, real 
estate  construction  loans  and  Small  Business  Administration  loans  for  qualified  businesses.  A  substantial  portion  of  the 
Bank’s commercial loans are designated as real estate loans for regulatory reporting purposes because they are secured by 
mortgages on real property. Loans of that type may be made for purposes of financing commercial activities, such as accounts 
receivable, equipment purchases and leasing, but they are secured by real estate to provide the Bank with an extra measure 
of security. Although these loans might be secured in whole or in part by real estate, they are treated in the discussions to 
follow as commercial and industrial loans. The Bank’s consumer installment loans include secured and unsecured loans to 
individual borrowers for a variety of purposes, including personal, home improvements, revolving credit lines, autos, boats, 
and recreational vehicles.      

16 

  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following table shows on a consolidated basis the composition of the loan portfolio in dollar amounts and in percentages 
along with a reconciliation to loans receivable, net. 

Loan Portfolio Composition at December 31, 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

(Dollars in 
thousands)  

Type of loan: 
Commercial and 

industrial  
Real estate 

  Amount    Percent      Amount     Percent      Amount     Percent      Amount     Percent      Amount     Percent   

  $ 42,536       7.97%  $  34,928        7.42 %  $  54,498        12.51%  $  62,188        15.23%  $  59,185        14.73%

construction  

     22,137       4.15        30,296        6.44         25,601        5.88        22,522        5.51        21,545        5.36  

Mortgage: 

Residential  
Commercial  

    232,478       43.56       210,096        44.65        210,310       48.27       203,872        49.92       208,139        51.79  
    231,701       43.41       190,685        40.52        141,171       32.40       115,734        28.34       108,502        27.00  

Consumer 

installment  

Total loans  
Less: 

4,858       0.91       

4,579        0.97        

4,145        0.94       

4,117        1.00       

4,509        1.12  

    533,710     100.00%     470,584       100.00 %     435,725      100.00%     408,433      100.00%     401,880      100.00%

Allowance for 

loan and 
lease losses       

6,385     

6,846       

7,046      

7,779      

6,819      

Net loans  

  $527,325      

      $ 463,738       

       $ 428,679      

      $ 400,654       

      $ 395,061       

The following table presents consolidated maturity information for the loan portfolio. The table does not include prepayments 
or scheduled principal repayments. All loans are shown as maturing based on contractual maturities. 

Loan Portfolio Maturity at December 31, 2015  

(Dollars in thousands)   
Amount due:  
In one year or less  
After one year through five years  
After five years  

Commercial 
and  

     Consumer        
   Industrial       Construction     Residential     Commercial     Installment     

     Real Estate      

Mortgage  

Total  

  $ 

13,026     $ 
22,590       
6,920       

2,467    $ 
1,242      
18,428      

3,731     $ 
14,798       
213,949       

6,545     $ 
6,413       
218,743       

589     $ 
3,051       
1,218       

26,358   
48,094   
459,258   

Total amount due  

  $ 

42,536     $ 

22,137    $  232,478     $ 

231,701     $ 

4,858     $  533,710   

Loans due on demand and overdrafts are included in the amount due in one year or less. The Company has no loans without 
a stated schedule of repayment or a stated maturity. 

17 

  
  
  
  
  
      
       
         
        
         
        
         
        
         
        
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
      
       
         
        
         
        
         
        
         
        
  
  
      
       
         
        
         
        
         
        
         
        
  
      
       
         
        
         
        
         
        
         
        
  
      
       
         
        
         
        
         
        
         
        
  
    
  
      
       
         
        
         
        
         
        
         
        
  
      
       
         
        
         
        
         
        
         
        
  
        
         
        
        
   
  
      
       
         
        
         
        
         
        
         
        
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
   
  
 
 
The following table shows on a consolidated basis the dollar amount of all loans due after December 31, 2015 that have pre-
determined interest rates and the dollar amount of all loans due after December 31, 2015 that have floating or adjustable rates. 

(Dollars in thousands)  
Commercial and industrial     $ 
Real estate construction  
Mortgage:  

Residential  
Commercial  

Consumer installment  

Fixed 
Rate  

Adjustable  
Rate  

Total  

34,170    $ 
3,910      

11,933      
38,777      
3,843      

8,366     $ 
18,227       

220,545       
192,924       
1,015       

42,536   
22,137   

232,478   
231,701   
4,858   

  $ 

92,633    $ 

441,077     $ 

533,710   

Residential Mortgage Loans A significant portion of the Bank’s lending consists of origination of conventional loans secured 
by 1-4 family real estate located in Franklin, Geauga, Portage, Trumbull, and Ashtabula Counties. Residential mortgage loans 
approximated $232.5 million or 43.6% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio at December 31, 2015. 

The Bank makes loans of up to 80% of the value of the real estate and improvements securing a loan (“LTV” ratio) on 1-4 
family real estate. The Bank generally does not lend in excess of the lower of 80% of the appraised value or sales price of the 
property. The Bank offers residential real estate loans with terms of up to 30 years.      

Approximately 94.9% of the portfolio of conventional mortgage loans secured by 1-4 family real estate at December 31, 
2015 is adjustable rate. Generally, the Bank originates fixed-rate, single-family mortgage loans in conformity with Freddie 
Mac guidelines, so as to permit their being sold to Freddie Mac. These loans are sold with servicing rights retained, and are 
sold in furtherance of the Bank’s goal of better matching the maturities and interest rate sensitivity of its assets and liabilities. 
The  Bank  generally  retains  responsibility  for  collecting  and  remitting  loan  payments,  inspecting  the  properties,  making 
certain insurance and tax payments on behalf of borrowers and otherwise servicing the loans it sells and receives a fee for 
performing these services. Sales of loans also provide funds for additional lending and other purposes. 

The Bank’s home equity Credit Policy generally allows for a loan of up to 85% of a property’s appraised value, less the 
principal balance of the outstanding first mortgage loan. The Bank’s home equity loans generally have terms of 20 years. 

At  December  31,  2015,  residential  mortgage  loans  of  approximately  $4.1  million  were  over  90  days  delinquent  or 
nonaccruing on that date, representing 1.8% of the residential mortgage loan portfolio. At December 31, 2014, residential 
mortgage loans of approximately $5.3 million were over 90 days delinquent or nonaccruing on that date, representing 2.3% 
of the residential mortgage loan portfolio. 

Commercial and Industrial Loans and Commercial Real Estate Loans  

The Bank’s commercial loan services include:  

•  accounts receivable, inventory and 
   working capital loans 
• 
• 
• 

renewable operating lines of credit 
loans to finance capital equipment 
term business loans 

• 
• 

short-term notes 
selected guaranteed or subsidized loan programs 
for small businesses 
loans to professionals 

• 
•  commercial real estate loans 

Commercial real estate loans include commercial properties occupied by the proprietor of the business conducted on the 
premises, and income-producing or farm properties. Although the Bank makes agricultural loans, it currently does not have 
a significant amount of agricultural loans. The primary risks of commercial real estate loans are loss of income of the owner 
or occupier of the property and the inability of the market to sustain rent levels. Although commercial and commercial real 
estate loans generally bear more risk than single-family residential mortgage loans, they tend to be higher yielding, have 
shorter terms and provide for interest-rate adjustments. Accordingly, commercial and commercial real estate loans enhance 
a lender’s interest rate risk management and, in management’s opinion, promote more rapid asset and income growth than a 
loan portfolio composed strictly of residential real estate mortgage loans. 

18 

  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
    
      
        
        
  
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
Although a risk of nonpayment exists for all loans, certain specific risks are associated with various kinds of loans. One of 
the primary risks associated with commercial loans is the possibility that the commercial borrower will not generate income 
sufficient  to  repay  the  loan.  The  Bank’s  Credit  Policy  provides  that  commercial  loan  applications  must  be  supported  by 
documentation  indicating  cash  flow  sufficient  for  the  borrower  to  service  the  proposed  loan.  Financial  statements  or  tax 
returns  for  at  least  three  years  must  be  submitted,  and  annual  reviews  are  required  for  business  purpose  relationships  of 
$1,000,000 or more. Ongoing financial information is generally required for any commercial credit where the exposure is 
$250,000 or more. 

The fair value of collateral for collateralized commercial loans must exceed the Bank’s exposure. For this purpose fair value 
is  determined  by  independent  appraisal  or  by  the  loan  officer’s  estimate  employing  guidelines  established  by  the  Credit 
Policy. Loans not secured by real estate generally have terms of five years or fewer, unless guaranteed by the U.S. Small 
Business Administration or other governmental agency, and term loans secured by collateral having a useful life exceeding 
five  years  may  have  longer  terms.  The  Bank’s  Credit  Policy  allows  for  terms  of  up  to  15  years  for  loans  secured  by 
commercial real estate, and one year for business lines of credit. The maximum LTV ratio for commercial real estate loans 
is 80% of the appraised value or cost, whichever is less. 

Real estate is commonly a material component of collateral for the Bank’s loans, including commercial loans. Although the 
expected source of repayment is generally the operations of the borrower’s business or personal income, real estate collateral 
provides an additional measure of security. Risks associated with loans secured by real estate include fluctuating land values, 
changing local economic conditions, changes in tax policies, and a concentration of loans within a limited geographic area. 

At December 31, 2015 commercial and commercial real estate loans totaled $274.2 million, or 51.4% of the Bank’s total loan 
portfolio. At December 31, 2015, commercial and commercial real estate loans of approximately $3.3 million were over 
90 days delinquent or nonaccruing on that date, and represented 1.2% of the commercial and commercial real estate loan 
portfolios. At December  31, 2014,  commercial  and  commercial  real  estate  loans  totaled  $225.6  million,  or  47.9% of  the 
Bank’s  total  loan  portfolio.  At  December  31,  2014,  commercial  and  commercial  real  estate  loans  of  approximately  $1.4 
million were over 90 days delinquent or nonaccruing on that date, and represented 0.6% of the commercial and commercial 
real estate loan portfolios. 

Real Estate Construction  

The Bank originates several different types of loans that it categorizes as construction loans, including: 

   • 
   • 
   • 
   • 

residential construction loans to borrowers who will occupy the premises upon completion of construction, 
residential construction loans to builders, 
commercial construction loans, and 
real estate acquisition and development loans. 

Because of the complex nature of construction lending, these loans are generally recognized as having a higher degree of risk 
than other forms of real estate lending. The Bank’s fixed-rate and adjustable-rate construction loans do not provide for the 
same  interest  rate  terms  on  the  construction  loan  and  on  the  permanent  mortgage  loan  that  follows  completion  of  the 
construction phase of the loan. It is the norm for the Bank to make residential construction loans without an existing written 
commitment for permanent financing. The Bank’s Credit Policy provides that the Bank may make construction loans with 
terms of up to one year, with a maximum LTV ratio for residential construction of 80%. The Bank also offers residential 
construction-to-permanent loans that have a twelve-month construction period followed by 30 years of permanent financing. 

At December 31, 2015, real estate construction loans totaled $22.1 million, or 4.1% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio. Real 
estate  construction  loans  of  approximately  $0.1  million  were  over  90  days  delinquent  or  nonaccruing  on  that  date, 
representing 0.6% of the real estate construction loan portfolio. At December 31, 2014, real estate construction loans totaled 
$30.3 million, or 6.4% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio. Real estate construction loans of approximately $0.6 million were 
over 90 days delinquent or nonaccruing on that date, representing 1.9% of the real estate construction loan portfolio. 

Consumer Installment Loans The Bank’s consumer installment loans include secured and unsecured loans to individual 
borrowers  for  a  variety  of  purposes,  including  personal,  home  improvement,  revolving  credit  lines,  autos,  boats,  and 
recreational vehicles. The Bank does not currently do any indirect lending. Unsecured consumer loans carry significantly 
higher  interest  rates  than  secured  loans.  The  Bank  maintains  a  higher  loan  loss  allowance  for  consumer  loans,  while 
maintaining strict credit guidelines when considering consumer loan applications. 

19 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
According to the Bank’s Credit Policy, consumer loans secured by collateral other than real estate generally may have terms 
of up to five years, and unsecured consumer loans may have terms up to three years. Real estate security generally is required 
for consumer loans having terms exceeding five years. 

At December 31, 2015, the Bank had approximately $4.9 million in its consumer installment loan portfolio, representing 
0.9%  of  total  loans.  At  December  31,  2014,  the  Bank  had  approximately  $4.6  million  in  its  consumer  installment  loan 
portfolio, representing 1.0% of total loans. At December 31, 2014, 0.1% of consumer installment loans were over 90 days 
delinquent or nonaccruing.  

Loan Solicitation and Processing Loan originations are developed from a number of sources, including continuing business 
with depositors, other borrowers and real estate builders, solicitations by Bank personnel and walk-in customers. 

When a loan request is made, the Bank reviews the application, credit bureau reports, property appraisals or evaluations, 
financial information, verifications of income, and other documentation concerning the creditworthiness of the borrower, as 
applicable to each loan type. The Bank’s underwriting guidelines are set by senior management and approved by the Board 
of Directors. The Credit Policy specifies each individual officer’s loan approval authority. Loans exceeding an individual 
officer’s  approval  authority  are  submitted  to  an  Officer’s  Loan  Committee,  which  has  authority  to  approve  loans  up  to 
$2,000,000. The Board of Directors’ Loan Committee acts as an approval authority for exposures over $2,000,000 and up to 
$5,000,000. Loans exceeding $5,000,000 require approval from the full Board of Directors.  

Income from Lending Activities The Bank earns interest and fee income from its lending activities. Net of origination costs, 
loan origination fees are amortized over the life of a loan. The Bank also receives loan fees related to existing loans, including 
late charges. Income from loan origination and commitment fees and discounts varies with the volume and type of loans and 
commitments made and with competitive and economic conditions. Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included 
herein contains a discussion of the manner in which loan fees and income are recognized for financial reporting purposes. 

Mortgage Banking Activity The Bank originates conventional loans secured by first lien mortgages on one-to-four family 
residential properties located within its market area for either portfolio or sale into the secondary market. During the year 
ended December 31, 2015, the Bank recorded gains of $0.3 million on the sale of $17.6 million in loans receivable originated 
for sale. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Bank recorded gains of $0.2 million on the sale of $6.0 million in 
loans receivable originated for sale. The sold loans were sold on a servicing retained basis to Freddie Mac. 

In addition to interest earned on loans and income recognized on the sale of loans, the Bank receives fees for servicing loans 
that it has sold. Because the Bank has data processing capacity that will allow it to expand its portfolio of serviced loans 
without incurring significant incremental expenses, the Bank intends in the future to augment its portfolio of loans serviced 
by continuing to originate and sell such fixed-rate single-family residential mortgage loans with Freddie Mac while retaining 
servicing. 

Income from these activities will vary from period to period with the volume and type of loans originated and sold, which in 
turn is dependent on prevailing mortgage interest rates and their effect on the demand for loans in the Bank’s market area. 

Nonperforming Loans Late charges on residential mortgages and consumer loans are assessed if a payment is not received 
by the due date plus a grace period. When an advanced stage of delinquency appears on a single-family loan and if repayment 
cannot be expected within a reasonable time or a repayment agreement is not entered into, a required notice of foreclosure or 
repossession  proceedings  may  be  prepared  by  the  Bank’s  attorney  and  delivered  to  the  borrower  so  that  foreclosure 
proceedings may be initiated promptly, if necessary. The Bank also collects late charges on commercial loans. 

When the Bank acquires real estate through foreclosure, voluntary deed, or similar means, it is classified as OREO until it is 
sold. When property is acquired in this manner, it is recorded at the lower of cost (the unpaid principal balance at the date of 
acquisition) or fair value, less anticipated cost to sell. Any subsequent write-down is charged to expense. All costs incurred 
from the date of acquisition to maintain the property are expensed. OREO is appraised during the foreclosure process, before 
acquisition  when  possible.  Losses  are  recognized  for  the  amount  by  which  the  book  value  of  the  related  mortgage  loan 
exceeds the estimated net realizable value of the property. 

The  Bank  undertakes  regular  review  of  the  loan  portfolio  to  assess  its  risks,  particularly  the  risks  associated  with  the 
commercial loan portfolio.  

20 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Classified Assets FDIC regulations governing classification of assets require nonmember commercial banks — including the 
Bank — to classify their own assets and to establish appropriate general and specific allowances for losses, subject to FDIC 
review.  The  regulations  are  designed  to  encourage  management  to  evaluate  assets  on  a  case-by-case  basis,  discouraging 
automatic  classifications.  Under  this  classification  system,  problem  assets  of  insured  institutions  are  classified  as 
“substandard,” “doubtful,” or “loss.” An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net 
worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard assets include those characterized 
by  the  distinct  possibility  that  the  insured  institution  will  sustain  some  loss  if  the  deficiencies  are  not  corrected.  Assets 
classified as “doubtful” have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard, with the added characteristic that 
the weaknesses make collection of principal in full — on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values — highly 
questionable and improbable. Assets classified as “loss” are those considered uncollectible and of such little value that their 
continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets that do not expose the Bank 
to risk sufficient to warrant classification in one of the above categories, but that possess some weakness, are required to be 
designated “special mention” by management. 

When an insured institution classifies assets as either “substandard” or “doubtful,” it may establish allowances for loan losses 
in an amount deemed prudent by management. When an insured institution classifies assets as “loss,” it is required either to 
establish an allowance for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the assets so classified or to charge off that amount. An 
Ohio nonmember bank’s determination about classification of its assets and the amount of its allowances is subject to review 
by the FDIC, which may order the establishment of additional loss allowances. Management also employs an independent 
third party to semi-annually review and validate the internal loan review process and loan classifications.  

The Bank has experienced a decrease in substandard loans. Loans secured by residential real estate and commercial real 
estate account for $5.8 million and $8.0 million of the substandard loans, respectively. These amounts represent 88.8% of the 
Bank’s substandard loans.  

As of December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, and 2011 consolidated classified loans were as follows: 

Classified Loans at December 31, 

2015  

2014  

2013  

2012  

2011  

(Dollars in 

thousands)      Amount     

Percent 
of total 
loans        Amount     

Percent 
of total 
loans        Amount     

Percent 
of total 
loans        Amount     

Percent 
of total 
loans        Amount     

Percent 
of total 
loans    

Classified 
loans: 
Special 

mention 

  $  5,297      
Substandard    15,586      
130      
Doubtful 

0.99%   $  4,987      
2.92%     16,211      
627      
0.02%     

1.06%  $  4,685      
3.44%     19,328      
43      
0.13%    

1.08 %  $  3,364      
4.44 %     26,459      
59      
0.01 %    

0.82 %  $  2,653      
6.48 %     27,061      
73      
0.01 %    

0.66 %
6.73 %
0.02 %

Total 

amount 
due  

  $ 21,013      

3.93%   $ 21,825       

4.63%  $ 24,056      

5.53 %  $ 29,882       

7.31 %  $ 29,787       

7.41 %

Other than those disclosed above, the Bank does not believe there are any loans classified for regulatory purposes as loss, 
doubtful, substandard, special mention or otherwise, which will result in losses or have a material impact on future operations, 
liquidity or capital reserves. We are not aware of any other information that causes us to have serious doubts as to the ability 
of borrowers in general to comply with repayment terms. 

Investments Investment securities provide a return on residual funds after lending activities. Investments may be in federal 
funds  sold,  corporate  securities,  U.S.  Government  and  agency  obligations,  state  and  local  government  obligations  and 
government-guaranteed mortgage-backed securities. The Bank generally does not invest in securities that are rated less than 
investment grade by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. Ohio law prescribes the kinds of investments an 
Ohio-chartered bank may make. Permitted investments include local, state, and federal government securities, mortgage-
backed securities, and securities of federal government agencies. An Ohio-chartered bank also may invest up to 10% of its 
assets in corporate debt and equity securities, or a higher percentage in certain circumstances. Ohio law also limits to 15% of 
capital the amount an Ohio-chartered bank may invest in the securities of any one issuer, other than local, state, and federal 

21 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
         
        
         
        
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
         
        
         
        
  
    
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
         
        
         
        
  
  
  
government and federal government agency issuers and mortgage-backed securities issuers. These provisions have not been 
a material constraint upon the Bank’s investment activities. 

All securities-related activity is reported to the Bank’s board of directors. General changes in investment strategy are required 
to be reviewed and approved by the board. Senior management can purchase and sell securities in accordance with the Bank’s 
stated investment policy. 

Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. At this time the Bank has no 
securities that are classified as held to maturity. Securities to be held for indefinite periods and not intended to be held to 
maturity or on a long-term basis are classified as available for sale. Available-for-sale securities are reflected on the balance 
sheet at their fair value. 

The following table exhibits the consolidated amortized cost and fair value of the Bank’s investment portfolio: 

Investment Portfolio Amortized Cost and Fair Value at December 31, 
2014 

2013 

2015 

(Dollars in thousands)  

Amortized 
cost 

Fair value 

Amortized 
cost 

Fair value 

Amortized 
cost 

Fair value 

Available for Sale:  
U.S. Government agency 

securities  

Obligations of states and political 

subdivisions:  
Taxable  
Tax-exempt  

Mortgage-backed securities in 

  $ 

21,655    $

21,629    $ 

23,035     $

22,896     $ 

27,289     $

25,763   

1,989      
91,940      

2,123      
95,167      

2,953       
91,916       

3,179       
95,166       

3,787       
86,524       

3,795   
84,819   

government-sponsored entities  

24,480      

24,524      

29,150       

29,391       

38,816       

38,323   

Private-label mortgage-backed 

securities  

Equity securities in financial 

institutions  

2,079      

2,263      

2,672       

2,919       

3,366       

3,693   

750      

814      

750       

783       

750       

750   

Total Investment Securities  

  $  142,893    $

146,520    $  150,476     $

154,334     $  160,532     $

157,143   

The contractual maturity of investment debt securities is as follows: 

One year or less 

More than one to 
five years 

     December 31, 2015       
More than five to 
ten years 

More than ten years 

Total investment securities 

Amortized 
cost 

Average 
yield  

Amortized 
cost 

Average
yield 

Amortized 
cost 

Average
yield 

Amortized 
cost 

Average 
yield 

Amortized 
cost 

Average 
yield 

Fair 
value 

(Dollars in thousands) 
U.S. Government agency 

securities  

Obligations of states and 
political subdivisions:  

Taxable 
Tax-exempt ** 
Mortgage-backed securities 
in government-sponsored 
entities  

Private-label mortgage-
backed securities  

-     

-    $ 

6,000      

1.44%  $ 

2,875     

2.37%  $  12,780      

3.09%  $  21,655      

2.54%  $ 21,629  

-     
1,139      

-      
4.17%    

-     
4,658      

-      
3.85%    

1,989     
14,019     

5.51%    
3.89%    

-     
72,124      

-      
3.24%    

1,989      
91,940      

5.51%     2,123  
3.38%     95,167  

-     

-     

-      

-     

-      

289      

3.02%    

24,191      

2.53%    

24,480      

2.54%     24,524  

-      

132      

5.53%    

-     

-      

1,947      

4.22%    

2,079      

4.30%     2,263  

Total  

 $ 

1,139      

4.17%  $  10,790      

2.53%  $  19,172     

3.81%  $  111,042      

3.09%  $  142,143      

3.15%  $145,706  

** Tax equivalent yield  

22 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
   
  
     
  
      
  
     
  
  
     
  
      
  
     
  
       
  
 
  
 
    
    
    
    
 
  
      
       
         
       
         
       
         
       
         
       
         
 
  
 
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
    
   
     
 
      
       
         
       
         
       
         
       
         
       
         
 
   
      
       
         
       
         
       
         
       
         
       
         
 
   
   
   
   
  
      
       
         
       
         
       
         
       
         
       
         
 
   
  
Expected maturities of investment securities could differ from contractual maturities because the borrower, or issuer, could 
have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. The average yields in the above table 
are not calculated on a tax-equivalent basis.  

As of December 31, 2015, the Bank also held 18,872 shares of $100 par value Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati stock, 
which  is  a  restricted  security.  FHLB  stock  represents  an  equity  interest  in  the  FHLB,  but  it  does  not  have  a  readily 
determinable market value. The stock can be sold at its par value only, and only to the FHLB or to another member institution. 
Member institutions are required to maintain a minimum stock investment in the FHLB, based on total assets, total mortgages, 
and  total  mortgage-backed  securities.  The  Bank’s  minimum  investment  in  FHLB  stock  at  December  31,  2015  was  $1.9 
million. 

Sources of Funds — Deposit Accounts Deposit accounts are a major source of funds for the Bank. The Bank offers a number 
of deposit products to attract both commercial and regular consumer checking and savings customers, including regular and 
money  market  savings  accounts,  NOW  accounts,  and  a  variety  of  fixed-maturity,  fixed-rate  certificates  with  maturities 
ranging from 3 to 60 months. These accounts earn interest at rates established by management based on competitive market 
factors and management’s desire to increase certain types or maturities of deposit liabilities. The Bank also provides travelers’ 
checks, official checks, money orders, ATM services, and IRA accounts. 

The following table shows on a consolidated basis the amount of time deposits of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 
2015, including certificates of deposit, by time remaining until maturity. 

(Dollar amounts in thousands)  

Amount 

     Percent of Total   

Within three months 
Beyond three but within six months 
Beyond six but within twelve months 
Beyond one year 

  $ 

22,858       
14,368       
21,914       
50,907       

20.77% 
13.06% 
19.91% 
46.26% 

Total 

  $ 

110,047       

100.00% 

Borrowings Deposits and repayment of loan principal are the Bank’s primary sources of funds for lending activities and other 
general  business  purposes.  However,  when  the  supply  of  funds  cannot  satisfy  the  demand  for  loans  or  general  business 
purposes,  the  Bank’s  subsidiary  bank  can  obtain  funds  from  the  FHLB  of  Cincinnati.  Interest  and  principal  are  payable 
monthly, and the line of credit is secured by a pledge collateral agreement. At December 31, 2015, MBC had $26.7 million 
of FHLB borrowings outstanding. The Company’s subsidiary bank also has access to credit through the Federal Reserve 
Bank of Cleveland and other funding sources. 

The outstanding balances and related information about short-term borrowings as of December 31, which includes securities 
sold under agreements to repurchase, lines of credit with other banks and Federal Funds purchased are summarized on a 
consolidated basis as follows: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands)  

2015 

2014 

Balance at year-end 
Average balance outstanding 
Maximum month-end balance 
Weighted-average rate at year-end 
Weighted-average rate during the year 

  $ 

35,825     $ 
11,768       
35,825       
1.37%     
1.65%     

14,808  
8,379  
19,970  

0.98% 
1.77% 

Personnel  

As of December 31, 2015 the Bank had 143 full-time equivalent employees. None of the employees are represented by a 
collective bargaining group. Management considers its relations with employees to be excellent. 

23 

  
  
   
  
  
  
      
        
  
    
    
    
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
      
         
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
 
 
Supervision and Regulation 

The  following  discussion  of  bank  supervision  and  regulation  is qualified  in  its  entirety  by  reference  to  the  statutory  and 
regulatory provisions discussed. Changes in applicable law or in the policies of various regulatory authorities could materially 
affect the business and prospects of the Company. 

The Company is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. As such, the 
Company is subject to regulation, supervision, and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 
acting primarily through the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland. The Company is required to file annual reports and other 
information  with  the  Federal  Reserve.  The  bank  subsidiary  is  an  Ohio-chartered  commercial  bank.  As  a  state-chartered, 
nonmember bank, the bank is primarily regulated by the FDIC and by the Ohio Division of Financial Institutions. 

The Company and The Middlefield Banking Company are subject to federal banking laws, and the Company is also subject 
to Ohio bank law. These federal and state laws are intended to protect depositors, not stockholders. Federal and state laws 
applicable  to  holding  companies  and  their  financial  institution  subsidiaries  regulate  the  range  of  permissible  business 
activities, investments, reserves against deposits, capital levels, lending activities and practices, the nature and amount of 
collateral for loans, establishment of branches, mergers, dividends, and a variety of other important matters. The Bank is 
subject to detailed, complex, and sometimes overlapping federal and state statutes and regulations affecting routine banking 
operations. These statutes and regulations include but are not limited to state usury and consumer credit laws, the Truth-in-
Lending Act and Regulation Z, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth 
in  Savings  Act,  and  the  Community  Reinvestment  Act.  The  Bank  must  comply  with  Federal  Reserve  Board  regulations 
requiring  depository  institutions  to  maintain  reserves  against  their  transaction  accounts  (principally  NOW  and  regular 
checking accounts). Because required reserves are commonly maintained in the form of vault cash or in a noninterest-bearing 
account (or pass-through account) at a Federal Reserve Bank, the effect of the reserve requirement is to reduce an institution’s 
earning assets. 

The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have extensive authority to prevent and to remedy unsafe and unsound practices 
and violations of applicable laws and regulations by institutions and holding companies. The agencies may assess civil money 
penalties, issue cease-and-desist or removal orders, seek injunctions, and publicly disclose those actions. In addition, the 
Ohio Division of Financial Institutions possesses enforcement powers to address violations of Ohio banking law by Ohio-
chartered banks. 

Regulation of Bank Holding Companies — Bank and Bank Holding Company Acquisitions The Bank Holding Company 
Act requires every bank holding company to obtain approval of the Federal Reserve before — 

• 

directly or indirectly acquiring ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company, if 
after the acquisition the acquiring company would own or control more than 5% of the shares of the other bank or bank
holding company (unless the acquiring company already owns or controls a majority of the shares), 
acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank, or 

   • 
   •  merging or consolidating with another bank holding company. 

The Federal Reserve will not approve an acquisition, merger, or consolidation that would have a substantially anticompetitive 
result, unless the anticompetitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by a greater public interest in 
satisfying the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve also considers capital adequacy 
and other financial and managerial factors in its review of acquisitions and mergers. 

Additionally,  the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act,  the  Change  in  Bank  Control  Act  and  the  Federal  Reserve  Board’s 
Regulation Y require advance approval of the Federal Reserve to acquire “control” of a bank holding company. Control is 
conclusively presumed to exist if an individual or company acquires 25% or more of a class of voting securities of the bank 
holding company. If the holding company has securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
as the Company does, or if no other person owns a greater percentage of the class of voting securities, control is presumed to 
exist if a person acquires 10% or more, but less than 25%, of any class of voting securities. Approval of the Ohio Division of 
Financial Institutions is also necessary to acquire control of an Ohio-chartered bank. 

Nonbanking Activities With some exceptions, the Bank Holding Company Act generally prohibits a bank holding company 
from acquiring or retaining direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company that 
is not a bank or bank holding company, or from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, 
managing  or  controlling  banks,  or  providing  services  for  its  subsidiaries.  The  principal  exceptions  to  these  prohibitions 
involve nonbank activities that, by statute or by Federal Reserve Board regulation or order, are held to be closely related to 
24 

  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
the business of banking or of managing or controlling banks. In making its determination that a particular activity is closely 
related to the business of banking, the Federal Reserve considers whether the performance of the activities by a bank holding 
company can be expected to produce benefits to the public — such as greater convenience, increased competition, or gains 
in efficiency in resources — that will outweigh the risks of possible adverse effects such as decreased or unfair competition, 
conflicts of interest, or unsound banking practices. Some of the activities determined by Federal Reserve Board regulation to 
be closely related to the business of banking are: making or servicing loans or leases; engaging in insurance and discount 
brokerage activities; owning thrift institutions; performing data processing services; acting as a fiduciary or investment or 
financial advisor; and making investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare. 

Financial Holding Companies On November 12, 1999 the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act became law, repealing much of the 1933 
Glass-Steagall Act’s separation of the commercial and investment banking industries. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act expands 
the  range  of nonbanking  activities  a  bank  holding  company  may  engage in, while preserving  existing authority  for bank 
holding companies to engage in activities that are closely related to banking. The new legislation creates a new category of 
holding company called a “financial holding company.” Financial holding companies may engage in any activity that is — 

  • 
  • 

financial in nature or incidental to that financial activity, or 
complementary to a financial activity and that does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of 
depository institutions or the financial system generally. 

Activities that are financial in nature include — 

acting as principal, agent, or broker for insurance, 

  • 
  •  underwriting, dealing in, or making a market in securities, and 
  •  providing financial and investment advice. 

The Federal Reserve Board and the Secretary of the Treasury have authority to decide that other activities are also financial 
in nature or incidental to financial activity, taking into account changes in technology, changes in the banking marketplace, 
competition for banking services, and so on. The Company is engaged solely in activities that were permissible for a bank 
holding  company  before  enactment  of  the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act.  Federal  Reserve  Board  rules  require  that  all  of  the 
depository institution subsidiaries of a financial holding company be and remain well capitalized and well managed. If all 
depository  institution  subsidiaries  of  a  financial  holding  company  do  not  remain  well  capitalized  and  well  managed,  the 
financial holding company must enter into an agreement acceptable to the Federal Reserve Board, undertaking to comply 
with all capital and management requirements within 180 days. In the meantime the financial holding company may not use 
its expanded authority to engage in nonbanking activities without Federal Reserve Board approval and the Federal Reserve 
may impose other limitations on the holding company’s or affiliates’ activities. If a financial holding company fails to restore 
the well-capitalized and well-managed status of a depository institution subsidiary, the Federal Reserve may order divestiture 
of the subsidiary. 

Holding Company Capital and Source of Strength The Federal Reserve considers the adequacy of a bank holding company’s 
capital on essentially the same risk-adjusted basis as capital adequacy is determined by the FDIC at the bank subsidiary level. 
It is also Federal Reserve Board policy that bank holding companies serve as a source of strength for their subsidiary banking 
institutions. 

Under Bank Holding Company Act section 5(e), the Federal Reserve Board may require a bank holding company to terminate 
any activity or relinquish control of a nonbank subsidiary if the Federal Reserve Board determines that the activity or control 
constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of a subsidiary bank. And with the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991’s addition of the prompt corrective action provisions to the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Act, section 38(f)(2)(I) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act now provides that a federal bank regulatory authority 
may require a bank holding company to divest itself of an undercapitalized bank subsidiary if the agency determines that 
divestiture will improve the bank’s financial condition and prospects. 

Capital — Risk-Based Capital Requirements The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC employ similar risk-based capital 
guidelines in their examination and regulation of bank holding companies and financial institutions. If capital falls below the 
minimum  levels  established by  the  guidelines,  the bank holding  company  or bank  may  be denied  approval  to  acquire  or 
establish additional banks or nonbank businesses or to open new facilities. Failure to satisfy capital guidelines could subject 
a banking institution to a variety of restrictions or enforcement actions by federal bank regulatory authorities, including the 
termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC and a prohibition on the acceptance of brokered deposits. 

25 

  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
A bank’s capital hedges its risk exposure, absorbing losses that can be predicted as well as losses that cannot be predicted. 
According to the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s explanation of the capital component of the Uniform 
Financial Institutions Rating System, commonly known as the “CAMELS” rating system, a rating system employed by the 
Federal bank regulatory agencies, a financial institution must “maintain capital commensurate with the nature and extent of 
risks to the institution and the ability of management to identify, measure, monitor, and control these risks. The effect of 
credit, market, and other risks on the institution’s financial condition should be considered when evaluating the adequacy of 
capital.” Under Basel III, the Bank is required to maintain a minimum common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 
capital  ratio  of  6%,  a  total  capital  ratio  of  8%,  and  a  Tier  1  leverage  ratio  of  4%.  Basel  III  also  established  a  “capital 
conservation  buffer”  of  2.5%  above  the  new  regulatory  minimum  capital  requirements,  which  must  consist  entirely  of 
common equity Tier 1 capital and will be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increase 
by that amount each year until fully implemented in January 2019. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb 
losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a common equity Tier 1 ratio to risk-weighted assets 
above  the  minimum  but  below  the  conservation  buffer  will  face  constraints  on  dividends,  equity  repurchases  and 
compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. These ratios are absolute minimums. In practice, banks are expected to 
operate with more than the absolute minimum capital. The FDIC may establish greater minimum capital requirements for 
specific institutions. 

The FDIC also employs a market risk component in its calculation of capital requirements for nonmember banks. The market 
risk component could require additional capital for general or specific market risk of trading portfolios of debt and equity 
securities  and other  investments  or  assets. The  FDIC’s  evaluation of  an  institution’s capital  adequacy  takes  account  of a 
variety of other factors as well, including interest rate risks to which the institution is subject, the level and quality of an 
institution’s earnings, loan and investment portfolio characteristics and risks, risks arising from the conduct of nontraditional 
activities, and a variety of other factors. 

Accordingly, the FDIC’s final supervisory judgment concerning an institution’s capital adequacy could differ significantly 
from the conclusions that might be derived from the absolute level of an institution’s risk-based capital ratios. Therefore, 
institutions generally are expected to maintain risk-based capital ratios that exceed the minimum ratios discussed above. This 
is  particularly  true  for  institutions  contemplating  significant  expansion  plans  and  institutions  that  are  subject  to  high  or 
inordinate levels of risk. Moreover, although the FDIC does not impose explicit capital requirements on holding companies 
of institutions regulated by the FDIC, the FDIC can take account of the degree of leverage and risks at the holding company 
level. If the FDIC determines that the holding company (or another affiliate of the institution regulated by the FDIC) has an 
excessive degree of leverage or is subject to inordinate risks, the FDIC may require the subsidiary institution(s) to maintain 
additional capital or the FDIC may impose limitations on the subsidiary institution’s ability to support its weaker affiliates or 
holding company. 

The banking agencies have also established a minimum leverage ratio of 3%, which represents Tier 1 capital as a percentage 
of total assets, less intangibles. However, for bank holding companies and financial institutions seeking to expand and for all 
but the most highly rated banks and bank holding companies, the banking agencies expect an additional cushion of at least 
100 to 200 basis points. At December 31, 2015, the Company was in compliance with all regulatory capital requirements. 

Prompt Corrective Action. To resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions and to prevent a recurrence of the banking 
crisis of the 1980s and early 1990s, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 established a system 
known as “prompt corrective action.” Under the prompt corrective action provisions and implementing regulations, every 
institution is classified into one of five categories, depending on its total risk-based capital ratio, its Tier 1 risk-based capital 
ratio,  its  leverage  ratio,  and  subjective  factors.  The  categories  are  “well  capitalized,”  “adequately  capitalized,” 
“undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” To be considered well capitalized for 
purposes of the prompt corrective action rules, a bank must maintain total risk-based capital of 10.0% or greater, Tier 1 risk-
based capital of 8.0% or greater, common equity Tier 1 capital of 6.5%, and leverage capital of 5.0% or greater. An institution 
with a capital level that might qualify for well capitalized or adequately capitalized status may nevertheless be treated as 
though it were in the next lower capital category if its primary federal banking supervisory authority determines that an unsafe 
or unsound condition or practice warrants that treatment. 

A financial institution’s operations can be significantly affected by its capital classification under the prompt corrective action 
rules. For example, an institution that is not well capitalized generally is prohibited from accepting brokered deposits and 
offering interest rates on deposits higher than the prevailing rate in its market without advance regulatory approval, which 
can  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the  bank’s  liquidity.  At  each  successively  lower  capital  category,  an  insured  depository 
institution is subject to additional restrictions. Undercapitalized institutions are required to take specified actions to increase 
their capital or otherwise decrease the risks to the federal deposit insurance funds. A bank holding company must guarantee 
that a subsidiary bank that adopts a capital restoration plan will satisfy its plan obligations. Any capital loans made by a bank 
26 

  
  
  
   
  
holding  company  to  a  subsidiary  bank  are  subordinated  to  the  claims  of  depositors  in  the  bank  and  to  certain  other 
indebtedness of the subsidiary bank. If bankruptcy of a bank holding company occurs, any commitment by the bank holding 
company  to  a  Federal  banking  regulatory  agency  to  maintain  the  capital  of  a  subsidiary  bank  would  be  assumed  by  the 
bankruptcy trustee and would be entitled to priority of payment. Bank regulatory agencies generally are required to appoint 
a receiver or conservator shortly after an institution becomes critically undercapitalized. 

The  following  table  illustrates  the  capital  and  prompt  corrective  action  guidelines  applicable  to  the  Company  and  its 
subsidiary. 

   Leverage 

As of December 31, 2015 
Common  
Equity Tier 1 

Tier 1 Risk  
Based 

Total Risk  
Based 

The Middlefield Banking Company 
Middlefield Banc Corp. 
Adequately capitalized ratio 
Adequately capitalized ratio plus capital conservation 

buffer 

Well-capitalized ratio (Bank only) 

9.23%     
8.69%     
4.00%     

4.00%     
5.00%     

12.52%     
12.00%     
6.00%     

8.50%     
8.00%     

12.52%     
12.00%     
4.50%     

7.00%     
6.50%     

13.73% 
13.20% 
8.00% 

10.50% 
10.00% 

New Capital Rules On July 9, 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that will revise their risk-based 
capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were 
reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule applies 
to all depository institutions, top-tier bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $500 million or more and top-
tier savings and loan holding companies. 

The rule establishes a new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), increases the 
minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement (from 4.0% to 6.0% of risk-weighted assets) and assigns a higher 
risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to certain commercial 
real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property. 

The rule  also  includes  changes  in what  constitutes  regulatory  capital,  some  of which  are  subject  to  a  two-year  transition 
period. These changes include the phasing-out of certain instruments as qualifying capital. In addition, Tier 2 capital is no 
longer limited to the amount of Tier 1 capital included in total capital. Mortgage servicing rights, certain deferred tax assets 
and investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries over designated percentages of common stock will be required to be deducted 
from capital, subject to a two-year transition period. Finally, Tier 1 capital will include accumulated other comprehensive 
income (which includes all unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale debt and equity securities), subject to a two-year 
transition  period.  In  the  first  quarter  of  2015  the  Company  permanently  opted  out  of  the  inclusion  of  accumulated  other 
comprehensive income in its capital calculation in an effort to reduce the impact of market volatility on its regulatory capital 
levels. 

The new capital requirements also include changes in the risk-weights of assets to better reflect credit risk and other risk 
exposures. These include a 150% risk weight (up from 100%) for certain high volatility commercial real estate acquisition, 
development and construction loans and nonresidential mortgage loans that are 90 day past due or otherwise on nonaccrual 
status; a 20% (up from 0%) credit conversion factor for the unused portion of a commitment with an original maturity of one 
year or less that is not unconditionally cancellable; a 250% risk weight (up from 100%) for mortgage servicing and deferred 
tax assets that are not deducted from capital; and increased risk-weights (from 0% to up to 600%) for equity exposures. 

Finally, the rule limits capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments if the banking organization does not 
hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in addition 
to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. 

The final rule became effective for the bank on January 1, 2015. The capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased 
in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets increasing each year until fully implemented at 2.5% on 
January 1, 2019.       

27 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Limits on Dividends and Other Payments The Company’s ability to obtain funds for the payment of dividends and for 
other cash requirements depends on the amount of dividends that may be paid to it by the bank. Ohio bank law and FDIC 
policy are consistent, providing that banks generally may rely solely on current earnings for the payment of dividends. Under 
Ohio Revised Code section 1107.15(B) a dividend may be declared from surplus, meaning additional paid-in capital, with 
the approval of (x) the Ohio Superintendent of Financial Institutions and (y) the holders of two thirds of the bank’s outstanding 
shares. Superintendent approval is also necessary for payment of a dividend if the total of all cash dividends in a year exceeds 
the sum of (x) net income for the year and (y) retained net income for the two preceding years. Relying on 12 U.S.C. 1818(b), 
the FDIC may restrict a bank’s ability to pay a dividend if the FDIC has reasonable cause to believe that the dividend would 
constitute an unsafe and unsound practice. A bank’s ability to pay dividends may be affected also by the FDIC’s capital 
maintenance requirements and prompt corrective action rules. A bank may not pay a dividend if the bank is undercapitalized 
or if payment would cause the bank to become undercapitalized. 

A 1985 policy statement of the Federal Reserve Board declares that a bank holding company should not pay cash dividends 
on common stock unless the organization’s net income for the past year is sufficient to fully fund the dividends and the 
prospective  rate  of  earnings  retention  appears  consistent  with  the  organization’s  capital  needs,  asset  quality,  and  overall 
financial condition. Until the third anniversary of the January 20, 2014 merger of Emerald Bank into The Middlefield Banking 
Company, The Middlefield Banking Company cannot pay a dividend to Middlefield Banc Corp. without advance approval 
of the Ohio Division of Financial Institutions. 

The Dodd-Frank Act The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“DFA”) became law on July 21, 
2010. The DFA includes corporate governance and executive compensation reforms, new registration requirements for hedge 
fund and private equity fund advisers, increased regulation of over-the-counter derivatives and asset-backed securities, and 
new rules for credit rating agencies. The DFA includes these provisions – 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Title X establishes an independent Federal regulatory body within the Federal Reserve System. Dedicated
exclusively to consumer protection and known as the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, this regulatory
body has responsibility for most consumer protection laws, with rulemaking, supervisory, examination, and
enforcement authority. 

section  171  restricts  the  amount  of  trust  preferred  securities  that  may  be  considered  Tier  1  capital.  For
depository institution holding companies with total assets of less than $15 billion, trust preferred securities
issued before May  19, 2010 may  continue to be  included  in Tier 1  capital,  but  future issuances of  trust 
preferred securities will no longer be eligible for treatment as Tier 1 capital. 

under section 334 the FDIC’s minimum reserve ratio is to be increased from 1.15% to 1.35%, with the goal
of attaining that 1.35% level by September 30, 2020; however, financial institutions with assets of less than
$10 billion are exempt from the cost of the increase. The DFA also removes the upper limit on the designated
reserve ratio, which was formerly capped at 1.5%, removing the upper limit on the size of the insurance
fund  as  a  consequence.  The DFA gives  the  FDIC  much greater discretion  to  manage  its  insurance  fund 
reserves, including where to set the insurance fund’s designated reserve ratio. 

the deposit insurance cover limit is increased to $250,000 by section 335. 

section 627 repeals the longstanding prohibition against financial institutions paying interest on checking
accounts. 

section 331 changes the way deposit insurance premiums are calculated by the FDIC as well. That is, deposit
insurance premiums are calculated based upon an institution’s so-called assessment base. Until the DFA
became  law,  the  assessment  base  consisted  of  an  institution’s  deposit  liabilities.  Section  331,  however,
makes clear that the assessment base shall now be the difference between total assets and tangible equity.
In other words, the assessment base will take account of all liabilities, not merely deposit liabilities. This
change is likely to have a greater impact on large banks, which tend to rely on a variety of funding sources,
than on community banks, which tend to rely primarily on deposit funding. 

the  Office  of  the  Comptroller  of  the  Currency’s  ability  to  preempt  state  consumer  protection  laws  is
constrained by section 1044, and because of section 1042 state attorneys general have greater authority to
enforce state consumer protection laws against national banks and their operating subsidiaries. 

28 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
• 

• 

• 

section 604 requires the Federal bank regulatory agencies to take into account the risks to the stability of
the U.S. banking or financial system associated with approval of an application for acquisition of a bank, 
for acquisition of a nonbank company, or for a bank merger transaction. 

section  619  implements  the  so-called  “Volcker  rule,”  prohibiting  a  banking  entity  from  engaging  in
proprietary trading or from sponsoring or investing in a hedge fund or private equity fund. 

imposing a 5% risk retention requirement on securitizers of asset-backed securities, section 941 could have
an impact on financial institutions that originate mortgages for sale into the secondary market. 

The  DFA  could  affect  the  profitability  of  community  banking,  require  changes  in  the  business  practices  of  community 
banking  organizations,  lead  to  more  stringent  capital  and  liquidity  requirements,  and  otherwise  adversely  affect  the 
community banking business.  

The DFA creates a new, independent federal agency called the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), which has 
rulemaking, supervisory, and enforcement powers under specific federal consumer financial protection laws, including the 
Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Truth in Lending Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, Fair 
Debt Collection Act, and Consumer Financial Privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. In addition to giving the 
CFPB responsibility for these specific statutes, the DFA grants to the CFPB broad authority to prohibit the offering by banks 
of consumer financial products or engaging in acts or practices that the CFPB considers to be unfair, deceptive, or abusive. 
The CFPB has examination and primary enforcement authority over depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets, 
not smaller institutions. However, smaller institutions are subject to CFPB rules. In addition, the standards established by the 
CFPB for large institutions are likely to be applied in practice to smaller institutions as well. The DFA does not prevent states 
from adopting consumer protection laws and standards that are more stringent than those adopted at the federal level and, in 
certain  circumstances,  permits  state  attorneys  general  to  enforce  compliance  with  both  the  state  and  federal  laws  and 
regulations. 

Implementing section 1411 of the DFA, in 2013 the CFPB amended Regulation Z under the Truth in Lending Act, adding a 
rule that mortgage lenders must make a reasonable and good faith determination that a consumer being granted mortgage 
credit has the ability to repay the loan according to its terms. Under this new rule, referred to as the “ability-to-repay” rule, 
mortgage lenders may determine the consumer’s ability to repay in one of two ways. The first alternative involves assessment 
of  eight  underwriting  factors,  including  the  loan  applicant’s  current  or  reasonably  expected  income  or  assets,  current 
employment status, monthly payment for the credit applied for, monthly payment on any simultaneous loan being made to 
the  applicant,  monthly  payment  for  mortgage-related  obligations,  current  debt  obligations,  alimony,  and  child  support, 
monthly debt-to-income ratio or residual income, and credit history. The second alternative involves origination of a so-
called “qualified mortgage,” meaning a mortgage with terms that are consistent with minimum standards established by the 
CFPB, which currently include a maximum 43% debt-to-income ratio for the borrower (although the 43% minimum debt-to-
income ratio does not apply if the loan is eligible to be purchased, insured, or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC, HUD, or the 
VA). In general terms, a qualified mortgage is one with a term of 30 years or less, with substantially equal regular periodic 
payments  (although  adjustable-rate  mortgages  can  be  qualified  mortgages),  with  total  points  and  fees  of  3%  of  the  loan 
amount or less, and without negative amortization or interest-only payments or balloon payments. 

A lender originating a qualified mortgage is protected against a legal claim that the lender failed to comply with the ability-
to-repay rule. A mortgage with an interest rate exceeding the prime rate by 1.5 percentage points or more (3.5 percentage 
points for subordinate-lien loans such as home equity loans) is referred to in the CFPB rule as a higher-priced mortgage loan, 
but is more commonly known as a subprime loan. A subprime loan can be a qualified mortgage, but the lender making a 
subprime  qualified  mortgage  has  less  protection  under  the  ability-to-repay  rule  than  a  lender  making  a  prime  qualified 
mortgage. A lender originating a mortgage that is not a qualified mortgage is exposed to a potential claim that the lender did 
not comply with the ability-to-repay rules, which could require the lender to pay damages to the borrower, including but not 
necessarily limited to the sum of all finance charges and fees paid by the borrower (a lender originating a subprime qualified 
mortgage bears this risk to a degree as well). The borrower’s claim also could impair the lender’s ability to enforce the loan 
terms or foreclose on the real estate collateral. Because of these potential risks, a qualified mortgage might have more value 
in the secondary mortgage market and might be easier for a lender to sell into the secondary mortgage market than a mortgage 
that is not a qualified mortgage. 

Although we believe the majority of our mortgage originations will be prime qualified mortgages, the ability-to-repay rule 
creates a new basis for challenge by regulators and by consumers. In addition, the CFPB’s mission is consumer protection, 
not lender safety and soundness, and for that reason the CFPB wrote the ability-to-repay rule with the goal of preventing 
consumers from being steered by lenders into expensive and unsustainable borrowing, rather than with the goal of assuring 
29 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
actual loan repayment. Accordingly, typical credit-quality features such as LTV standards are not part of the ability-to-repay 
rule, and it will not necessarily be the case that qualified mortgages have a higher probability or history of repayment than 
other mortgages. Compliance with the ability-to-repay rules has increased community banks’ compliance costs, including 
our own, and will potentially adversely affect the profitability of routine residential mortgage lending. In addition, for the 
mortgage lending industry the ability-to-repay rule creates a bias in favor of qualified mortgages, which because of factors 
such  as  a  minimum  43% debt-to-income  ratio  could have unintended adverse  effects,  such  as  reducing  community  bank 
lending to low- and moderate-income borrowers and communities. 

In  addition  to  ability  to  repay,  the  DFA  imposes  a  risk-retention  requirement  on  mortgage  lenders  selling  loans  into  the 
secondary mortgage market. With some exceptions a mortgage lender selling a loan into the secondary mortgage market must 
retain ownership of at least 5% of the loan, the assumption being that if mortgage lenders remain exposed to credit risk they 
will not knowingly make loans that fail to satisfy ordinary and reasonable standards of creditworthiness. A qualified mortgage 
for purposes of the ability-to-repay rule is also exempt from the risk-retention requirement, allowing a mortgage lender to 
sell  100%  of  a  qualified  mortgage  rather  than  only  95%.  The  exemption  of  qualified  mortgages  from  the  risk-retention 
requirement is likely to contribute to the regulatory bias in favor of qualified mortgages and against other forms of mortgage 
lending. 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 The goals of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act enacted in 2002 are to increase corporate responsibility, 
to  provide for enhanced  penalties  for  accounting  and  auditing  improprieties  at  publicly  traded  companies,  and  to  protect 
investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures made under the securities laws. The changes are 
intended to allow shareholders to monitor the performance of companies and directors more easily and efficiently. 

The  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  generally  applies  to  all  companies  that  file  periodic  reports  with  the  SEC  under  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934. The Act has an impact on a wide variety of corporate governance and disclosure issues, including the 
composition of audit committees, certification of financial statements by the chief executive officer and the chief financial 
officer, forfeiture of bonuses and profits made by directors and senior officers in the 12-month period covered by restated 
financial statements, a prohibition on insider trading during pension plan black-out periods, disclosure of off-balance sheet 
transactions,  a  prohibition on personal  loans  to directors  and officers (excluding Federally  insured financial  institutions), 
expedited filing requirements for stock transaction reports by officers and directors, the formation of a public accounting 
oversight board, auditor independence, and various increased criminal penalties for violations of securities laws. 

Deposit Insurance The premium that banks pay for deposit insurance is based upon a risk classification system established 
by the FDIC. Banks with higher levels of capital and a low degree of supervisory concern are assessed lower premiums than 
banks with lower levels of capital or a higher degree of supervisory concern.  

Interstate Banking and Branching Section 613 of the DFA amends the interstate branching provisions of the Riegle-Neal 
Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994. The expanded de novo branching authority of the DFA authorizes 
a state or national bank to open a de novo branch in another state if the law of the state where the branch is to be located 
would permit a state bank chartered by that state to open the branch. Section 607 of the DFA also increases the approval 
threshold for interstate bank acquisitions, providing that a bank holding company must be well capitalized and well managed 
as a condition to approval of an interstate bank acquisition, rather than being merely adequately capitalized and adequately 
managed, and that an acquiring bank must be and remain well capitalized and well managed as a condition to approval of an 
interstate bank merger. 

Transactions with Affiliates Although The Middlefield Banking Company is not a member bank of the Federal Reserve 
System,  it  is  required  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act  to  comply  with  section  23A  and  section  23B  of  the  Federal 
Reserve Act — pertaining to transactions with affiliates — as if it were a member bank. These statutes are intended to protect 
banks from abuse in financial transactions with affiliates, preventing federally insured deposits from being diverted to support 
the activities of unregulated entities engaged in nonbanking businesses. An affiliate of a bank includes any company or entity 
that  controls  or  is under  common  control with  the bank. Generally,  section 23A  and  section  23B  of the Federal  Reserve  
Act — 

• 

   • 
• 

   • 

limit the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may lend to or engage in various other kinds of transactions with
any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of the institution’s capital and surplus, limiting the aggregate of covered
transactions with all affiliates to 20% of capital and surplus, 
impose restrictions on investments by a subsidiary bank in the stock or securities of its holding company, 
require  that  affiliate  transactions be  on  terms  substantially  the  same,  or  at  least  as favorable  to  the  institution  or
subsidiary, as those provided to a non-affiliate, and 
Impose strict collateral requirements on loans or extensions of credit by a bank to an affiliate 

30 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
The Bank’s authority to extend credit to insiders — meaning executive officers, directors and greater than 10% stockholders 
—  or  to  entities  those  persons  control,  is  subject  to  section  22(g)  and  section  22(h)  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Act  and 
Regulation  O  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Board.  Among  other  things,  these  laws  require  insider  loans  to  be  made  on  terms 
substantially similar to those offered to unaffiliated individuals, place limits on the amount of loans a bank may make to 
insiders based in part on the Bank’s capital position, and require that specified approval procedures be followed. Loans to an 
individual insider may not exceed the legal limit on loans to any one borrower, which in general terms is 15% of capital but 
can be higher in some circumstances. And the aggregate of all loans to all insiders may not exceed the Bank’s unimpaired 
capital and surplus. Insider loans exceeding the greater of 5% of capital or $25,000 must be approved in advance by a majority 
of the board, with any “interested” director not participating in the voting. Lastly, loans to executive officers are subject to 
special limitations. Executive officers may borrow in unlimited amounts to finance their children’s education or to finance 
the purchase or improvement of their residence, and they may borrow no more than $100,000 for most other purposes. Loans 
to executive officers exceeding $100,000 may be allowed if the loan is fully secured by government securities or a segregated 
deposit account. A violation of these restrictions could result in the assessment of substantial civil monetary penalties, the 
imposition of a cease-and-desist order or other regulatory sanctions. 

Banking agency guidance for commercial real estate lending In December 2006 the FDIC and other Federal banking 
agencies issued final guidance on sound risk management practices for concentrations in commercial real estate lending, 
including  acquisition  and  development  lending,  construction  lending,  and  other  land  loans,  which  recent  experience  has 
shown can be particularly high-risk lending. 

The commercial real estate risk management guidance does not impose rigid limits on commercial real estate lending but 
does create a much sharper supervisory focus on the risk management practices of banks with concentrations in commercial 
real estate lending. According to the guidance, an institution that has experienced rapid growth in commercial real estate 
lending,  has  notable  exposure  to  a  specific  type  of  commercial  real  estate,  or  is  approaching  or  exceeds  the  following 
supervisory criteria may be identified for further supervisory analysis of the level and nature of its commercial real estate 
concentration risk – 

- 

- 

total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 100% or more of the institution’s 
total capital, or 
total commercial real estate loans represent 300% or more of the institution’s total capital and the outstanding balance
of the institution’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more during the prior 36 months. 

These  measures  are  intended  merely  to  enable  the  banking  agencies  to  quickly  identify  institutions  that  could  have  an 
excessive commercial real estate lending concentration, potentially requiring close supervision to ensure that the institutions 
have sound risk management practices in place. Conversely, these measures do not imply that banks are authorized by the 
December 2006 guidance to accumulate a commercial real estate lending concentration up to the 100% and 300% thresholds. 

Corporate Governance and Compensation The Federal banking agencies jointly published their final Guidance on Sound 
Incentive Compensation Policies in June of 2010. The goal of the guidance is to enable financial organizations to manage the 
safety and soundness risks of incentive compensation arrangements and to assist banks and bank holding companies with 
identification of improperly-structured compensation arrangements. To ensure that incentive compensation arrangements do 
not encourage employees to take excessive risks that undermine safety and soundness, the incentive compensation guidance 
sets forth these key principles – 

•  incentive compensation arrangements should provide employees incentives that appropriately balance risk and
financial results in a manner that does not encourage employees to expose the organization to imprudent risk, 

•  these arrangements should be compatible with effective controls and risk management, and 
•  these arrangements should be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight

by the board of directors. 

To implement the interagency guidance, a financial organization must regularly review incentive compensation arrangements 
for all executive and non-executive employees who, either individually or as part of a group, have the ability to expose the 
organization to material amounts of risk, also reviewing the risk-management, control, and corporate governance processes 
related  to  these  arrangements.  The  organization  must  immediately  correct  any  identified  deficiencies  in  compensation 
arrangements or processes that are inconsistent with safety and soundness. 

31 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
In addition to numerous provisions that affect the business of banks and bank holding companies, the DFA includes in Title 
IX a number of provisions affecting corporate governance and executive compensation, for example the requirements that 
stockholders be given the opportunity to consider and vote upon executive compensation disclosed in a company’s annual 
meeting proxy statement, that a company’s compensation committee be comprised entirely of independent directors and that 
the committee have stated minimum authorities, that company policy provide for recovery of excess incentive compensation 
after  an  accounting  restatement,  and  that  stockholders  have  the  ability  to  designate  director  nominees  for  inclusion  in  a 
company’s annual meeting proxy statement. Section 956 also provides for adoption of incentive compensation guidelines 
jointly by the Federal banking agencies and the SEC, the National Credit Union Administration, and the Federal Housing 
Finance Agency. 

Community  Reinvestment  Act  Under  the  Community  Reinvestment  Act  of  1977  and  implementing  regulations  of  the 
banking  agencies,  a  financial  institution  has  a  continuing  and  affirmative  obligation  —  consistent  with  safe  and  sound 
operation — to address the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The 
CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, nor does it limit an institution’s 
discretion to develop the types of products and services it believes are best suited to its particular community. The CRA 
requires that bank regulatory agencies conduct regular CRA examinations and provide written evaluations of institutions’ 
CRA performance. The CRA also requires that an institution’s CRA performance rating be made public. CRA performance 
evaluations  are  based  on  a  four-tiered  rating  system:  Outstanding,  Satisfactory,  Needs  to  Improve  and  Substantial 
Noncompliance. 

Although  CRA  examinations  occur  on  a  regular  basis,  CRA  performance  evaluations  have  been  used  principally  in  the 
evaluation of regulatory applications submitted by an institution. CRA performance evaluations are considered in evaluating 
applications for such things as mergers, acquisitions, and applications to open branches.  

MBC’s CRA performance evaluation dated December 2, 2013 states that MBC’s CRA rating is “Satisfactory.” 

Federal Home Loan Bank The Federal Home Loan Bank serves as a credit source for their members. As a member of the 
FHLB of Cincinnati, MBC is required to maintain an investment in the capital stock of the FHLB of Cincinnati in an amount 
calculated by reference to the FHLB member bank’s amount of loans, and or “advances,” from the FHLB. 

Each  FHLB  is  required  to  establish  standards  of  community  investment  or  service  that  its  members  must  maintain  for 
continued access to long-term advances from the FHLB. The standards take into account a member’s performance under the 
Community Reinvestment Act and its record of lending to first-time home buyers. 

Anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism legislation The Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 requires financial institutions to 
maintain records and report transactions to prevent the financial institutions from being used to hide money derived from 
criminal activity and tax evasion. The Bank Secrecy Act establishes (a) record keeping requirements to assist government 
enforcement agencies with tracing financial transactions and flow of funds, (b) reporting requirements for Suspicious Activity 
Reports and Currency Transaction Reports to assist government enforcement agencies with detecting patterns of criminal 
activity, (c) enforcement provisions authorizing criminal and civil penalties for illegal activities and violations of the Bank 
Secrecy Act and its implementing regulations, and (d) safe harbor provisions that protect financial institutions from civil 
liability for their cooperative efforts. 

The  Treasury’s  Office  of  Foreign  Asset  Control  administers  and  enforces  economic  and  trade  sanctions  against  targeted 
foreign countries, entities, and individuals based on U.S. foreign policy and national security goals. As a result, financial 
institutions must scrutinize transactions to ensure that they do not represent obligations of or ownership interests in entities 
owned or controlled by sanctioned targets. 

Signed  into  law  on  October  26,  2001,  the  USA  PATRIOT  Act  of  2001  is  omnibus  legislation  enhancing  the  powers  of 
domestic law enforcement organizations to resist the international terrorist threat to United States security. Title III of the 
legislation, the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001, most directly affects 
the financial services industry, enhancing the Federal government’s ability to fight money laundering through monitoring of 
currency transactions and suspicious financial activities. The Act has significant implications for depository institutions and 
other businesses involved in the transfer of money – 

-  a financial institution must establish due diligence policies, procedures, and controls reasonably designed to detect

and report money laundering through correspondent accounts and private banking accounts, 

32 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
-  no bank may establish, maintain, administer, or manage a correspondent account in the United States for a foreign

shell bank, 

- 

- 

financial  institutions  must  abide  by  Treasury  Department  regulations  encouraging  financial  institutions,  their
regulatory  authorities,  and  law  enforcement  authorities  to  share  information  about  individuals,  entities,  and
organizations engaged in or suspected of engaging in terrorist acts or money laundering activities, 

financial  institutions  must  follow  Treasury  Department  regulations  setting  forth  minimum  standards  regarding
customer  identification.  These  regulations  require  financial  institutions  to  implement  reasonable  procedures  for
verifying the identity of any person seeking to open an account, maintain records of the information used to verify
the person’s identity, and consult lists of known or suspected terrorists and terrorist organizations provided to the
financial institution by government agencies, 

-  every financial institution must establish anti-money laundering programs, including the development of internal
policies and procedures, designation of a compliance officer, employee training, and an independent audit function.

Consumer protection laws and regulations. The Middlefield Banking Company is subject to regular examination by the 
FDIC to ensure compliance with statutes and regulations applicable to the bank’s business, including consumer protection 
statutes and implementing regulations, some of which are discussed below. Violations of any of these laws may result in 
fines, reimbursements, and other related penalties. 

Equal Credit Opportunity Act. The Equal Credit Opportunity Act generally prohibits discrimination in any credit transaction, 
whether  for  consumer  or  business  purposes,  on  the  basis  of  race,  color,  religion,  national  origin,  sex,  marital  status,  age 
(except in limited circumstances), receipt of income from public assistance programs, or good faith exercise of any rights 
under the Consumer Credit Protection Act. 

Truth in Lending Act. The Truth in Lending Act is designed to ensure that credit terms are disclosed in a meaningful way so 
that  consumers  may  compare  credit  terms  more  readily  and  knowledgeably.  As  a result  of  the  Truth  in  Lending Act,  all 
creditors  must  use  the  same  credit  terminology  to  express  rates  and  payments,  including  the  annual  percentage  rate,  the 
finance charge, the amount financed, the total of payments and the payment schedule, among other things. 

Fair Housing Act. The Fair Housing Act makes it unlawful for a lender to discriminate against any person because of race, 
color, religion, national origin, sex, handicap, or familial status. A number of lending practices have been held by the courts 
to be illegal under the Fair Housing Act, including some practices that are not specifically mentioned in the Fair Housing 
Act. 

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act. The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act arose out of public concern over credit shortages in 
certain urban neighborhoods. The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act requires financial institutions to collect data that enable 
regulatory agencies to determine whether the financial institutions are serving the housing credit needs of the neighborhoods 
and communities in which they are located. The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act also requires the collection and disclosure 
of data about applicant and borrower characteristics as a way to identify possible discriminatory lending patterns. The vast 
amount of information that financial institutions collect and disclose concerning applicants and borrowers receives attention 
not only from state and Federal banking supervisory authorities but also from community-oriented organizations and the 
general public. 

Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. The Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act requires that lenders provide borrowers 
with disclosures regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements. The Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act also 
prohibits abusive practices that increase borrowers’ costs, such as kickbacks and fee-splitting without providing settlement 
services. 

Privacy. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, all financial institutions are required to establish policies and procedures to 
restrict the sharing of non-public customer data with non-affiliated parties and to protect customer data from unauthorized 
access. In addition, the Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1971 includes many provisions concerning national credit reporting 
standards and permits consumers to opt out of information-sharing for marketing purposes among affiliated companies. 

33 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
State Banking Regulation As an Ohio-chartered bank, The Middlefield Banking Company is subject to regular examination 
by the Ohio Division of Financial Institutions. State banking regulation affects the internal organization of the bank as well 
as its savings, lending, investment, and other activities. State banking regulation may contain limitations on an institution’s 
activities that are in addition to limitations imposed under federal banking law. The Ohio Division of Financial Institutions 
may  initiate  supervisory  measures  or  formal  enforcement  actions,  and  if  the  grounds  provided  by  law  exist  it  may  take 
possession and control of an Ohio-chartered bank. 

Monetary  Policy  The  earnings  of  financial  institutions  are  affected  by  the  policies  of  regulatory  authorities,  including 
monetary  policy  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Board.  An  important  function  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  is  regulation  of 
aggregate national credit and money supply. The Federal Reserve Board accomplishes these goals with measures such as 
open  market  transactions  in  securities,  establishment  of  the  discount  rate  on  bank  borrowings,  and  changes  in  reserve 
requirements  against  bank  deposits.  These  methods  are  used  in  varying  combinations  to  influence  overall  growth  and 
distribution of financial institutions’ loans, investments and deposits, and they also affect interest rates charged on loans or 
paid on deposits. Monetary policy is influenced by many factors, including inflation, unemployment, short-term and long-
term changes in the international trade balance, and fiscal policies of the United States government. Federal Reserve Board 
monetary policy has had a significant effect on the operating results of financial institutions in the past, and it can be expected 
to influence operating results in the future. 

Item 1A. — Risk Factors 

Risks Related to the Company’s Business 

We are exposed to interest-rate risk. With the record low interest rates that have prevailed for many years, the interest-rate 
risk that exists for most or all financial institutions arises out of interest rates that increase more than anticipated or that 
increase more quickly than expected. If interest rates change more abruptly than we have simulated or if the increase is greater 
than we have simulated, this could have an adverse effect on our net interest income and equity value.  

New mortgage lending rules may constrain our residential mortgage lending business. The Consumer Financial Protection 
Bureau has  issued  several rules  on  mortgage  lending, notably  a  rule requiring  all  home  mortgage  lenders  to  determine  a 
borrower’s ability to repay the loan. Loans with certain terms and conditions and that otherwise meet the definition of a 
“qualified  mortgage”  may  be  protected  from  liability.  In  either  case,  the  Company  may  find  it  necessary  to  tighten  its 
mortgage loan underwriting standards, which may constrain our ability to make loans consistent with our business strategies. 

The Truth in Lending Act-RESPA Integrated Disclosure (“TRID”) rule became effective for loans originated on or after 
October 3, 2015. The TRID rule required extensive modifications to the process of closing a federally regulated residential 
mortgage loan and the systems supporting that process among lenders, real estate agents, title insurance agents and attorneys 
that close residential mortgage loans, and others.  Enforcement and interpretation of the TRID rule among mortgage industry 
participants such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and federal banking regulators like the FDIC is not yet apparent. Management’s 
assessment  and  management  of  TRID  compliance  risk  will  evolve  as  the  residential  mortgage  lending  industry  gains 
experience with loan closings, loan purchases and examinations.  The TRID rule, including the cost of compliance and the 
ultimate impact on the mortgage industry, could adversely impact the Company’s profitability. 

The Company operates in a highly competitive industry and market area. The Company faces significant competition both 
in making loans and in attracting deposits. Competition is based on interest rates and other credit and service charges, the 
quality of services rendered, the convenience of banking facilities, the range and type of products offered and, in the case of 
loans to larger commercial borrowers, lending limits, among other factors. Competition for loans comes principally from 
commercial  banks,  savings  banks,  savings  and  loan  associations,  credit  unions,  mortgage  banking  companies,  insurance 
companies, and other financial service companies. The Company’s most direct competition for deposits has historically come 
from commercial banks, savings banks, and savings and loan associations. Technology has also lowered barriers to entry and 
made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and 
automatic payment systems. Larger competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, offer a broader 
range of products and services. The Company’s ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, 
among other things: 

• 

the ability to develop, maintain, and build long-term customer relationships based on top quality service, high
ethical standards, and safe, sound assets; 

• 

the ability to expand the Company’s market position; 

34 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
• 

the scope, relevance, and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands; 

• 

the rate at which the Company introduces new products and services relative to its competitors; 

•  customer satisfaction with the Company’s level of service; and 

• 

industry and general economic trends. 

Failure  to  perform  in  any  of  these  areas  could  significantly  weaken  the  Company’s  competitive  position,  which  could 
adversely affect growth and profitability. 

The Company may not be able to attract and retain skilled people. The Company’s success depends, in large part, on its 
ability to attract and retain key people. Competition for the best people can be intense and the Company may not be able to 
hire people or to retain them. The unexpected loss of the services of key personnel of the Company could have a material 
adverse impact on the Company’s business because of their skills, knowledge of the Company’s market, years of industry 
experience,  and  the  difficulty  of  promptly  finding  qualified  replacement  personnel.  The  Company  has  non-competition 
agreements with senior officers and key personnel. 

The Company does not have the financial and other resources that larger competitors have; this could affect its ability to 
compete  for  large  commercial  loan  originations  and  its  ability  to  offer  products  and  services  competitors  provide  to 
customers. The northeastern Ohio and central Ohio markets in which the Company operates have high concentrations of 
financial  institutions.  Many  of  the  financial  institutions  operating  in  our  markets  are  branches  of  significantly  larger 
institutions headquartered in Cleveland or in other major metropolitan areas, with significantly greater financial resources 
and higher lending limits. In addition, many of these institutions offer services that the Company does not or cannot provide. 
For example, the larger competitors’ greater resources offer advantages such as the ability to price services at lower, more 
attractive  levels,  and  the  ability  to  provide  larger  credit  facilities.  Because  the  Company  is  currently  smaller  than  many 
commercial lenders in its market, it is on occasion prevented from making commercial loans in amounts competitors can 
offer. The Company accommodates loan volumes in excess of its lending limits from time to time through the sale of loan 
participations to other banks. 

The  business  of  banking  is  changing  rapidly  with  changes  in  technology,  which  poses  financial  and  technological 
challenges to small and mid-sized institutions. With frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services, 
the banking industry is undergoing rapid technological changes. In addition to enhancing customer service, the effective use 
of  technology  increases  efficiency  and  enables  financial  institutions  to  reduce  costs.  Financial  institutions’  success  is 
increasingly dependent upon use of technology to provide products and services that satisfy customer demands and to create 
additional  operating  efficiencies.  Many  of  the  Company’s  competitors  have  substantially  greater  resources  to  invest  in 
technological improvements, which could enable them to perform various banking functions at lower costs than the Company, 
or to provide products and services that the Company is not able to economically provide. The Company cannot assure you 
that  we will  be  able  to  develop  and  implement  new  technology-driven products or  services or  that  the  Company  will  be 
successful  in marketing  these  products or services  to  customers.  Because  of  the demand for  technology-driven products, 
banks increasingly rely on unaffiliated vendors to provide data processing services and other core banking functions. The use 
of  technology-related  products,  services,  delivery  channels,  and  processes  exposes  banks  to  various  risks,  particularly 
transaction, strategic, reputation, and compliance risk. The Company cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully 
manage the risks associated with our dependence on technology.  

The banking industry is heavily regulated; the compliance burden to the industry is considerable; the principal beneficiary 
of federal and state regulation is the public at large and depositors, not stockholders. The Company and its subsidiaries are 
and will remain subject to extensive state and federal government supervision and regulation. This supervision and regulation 
affects many aspects of the banking business, including permissible activities, lending, investments, payment of dividends, 
the geographic locations in which our services can be offered, and numerous other matters. State and federal supervision and 
regulation are intended principally to protect depositors, the public, and the deposit insurance fund administered by the FDIC. 
Protection of stockholders is not a goal of banking regulation. 

35 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The burdens of federal and state banking regulation place banks in general at a competitive disadvantage compared to less 
regulated competitors. Applicable statutes, regulations, agency and court interpretations, and agency enforcement policies 
have undergone significant changes, and could change significantly again. Federal and state banking agencies also require 
banks  and  bank  holding  companies  to  maintain  adequate  capital.  Failure  to  maintain  adequate  capital  or  to  comply  with 
applicable laws, regulations, and supervisory agreements could subject a bank or bank holding company to federal or state 
enforcement  actions,  including  termination  of deposit  insurance,  imposition of  fines  and  civil  penalties,  and,  in  the  most 
severe cases, appointment of a conservator or receiver for a depositary institution. Changes in applicable laws and regulatory 
policies could adversely affect the banking industry generally or the Company in particular. The Company gives you no 
assurance that we will be able to adapt successfully to industry changes caused by governmental actions. 

Success in the banking industry requires disciplined management of lending risks. There are many risks in the business of 
lending,  including  risks  associated  with  the  duration  over  which  loans  may  be  repaid,  risks  resulting  from  changes  in 
economic conditions, risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers, and risks resulting from changes in the value of 
loan collateral. We attempt to mitigate this risk by a thorough review of the creditworthiness of loan customers. Nevertheless, 
there is risk that our credit evaluations will prove to be inaccurate due to changed circumstances or otherwise. 

A critical resource for maintaining the safety and soundness of banks so that they can fulfill their basic function of financial 
intermediation, the allowance for possible loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for possible loan losses 
charged to expense that represents management’s best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred within the existing 
portfolio of loans. Current accounting standards for loan loss provisioning are based on the so-called “incurred loss” model. 
Under this model, a bank can reserve against a loan loss through a provision to the loan loss reserve only if that loss has been 
“incurred,”  which  means  a  loss  that  is  probable  and  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  To  meet  that  standard,  banks  have  to 
document why a loss is probable and reasonably estimable, and the easiest way to do that is to refer to historical loss rates 
and the bank’s own prior loss experience with the type of asset in question. Banks are not limited to using historical experience 
in deciding the appropriate level of the loan loss reserve. In making these determinations, management can use judgment that 
takes into account other, forward-leaning factors, such as changes in underwriting standards and changes in the economic 
environment that would have an impact on loan losses.  

The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations; specific credit risks; loan 
loss experience; current loan portfolio quality; present economic, political, and regulatory conditions; and unidentified losses 
inherent in the current loan portfolio. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for possible loan losses 
inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires management to make significant estimates of current credit 
risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Continuing deterioration in economic conditions affecting 
borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within 
and outside of the Company’s control, may require an increase in the allowance for possible loan losses. In addition, bank 
regulatory agencies periodically review the allowance for loan and lease losses and may require an increase in the provision 
for possible loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. 
In addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for possible loan losses, the Company will need additional 
provisions to increase the allowance for possible loan losses. Any increases in the allowance for possible loan losses will 
result in a decrease in net income and, possibly, capital, and may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial 
condition and results of operations. 

Material breaches in security of bank systems may have a significant effect on the Company business. We collect, process 
and store sensitive consumer data by utilizing computer systems and telecommunications networks operated by both banks 
and third party service providers. We have security, backup and recovery systems in place, as well as a business continuity 
plan to ensure systems will not be inoperable. We also have security to prevent unauthorized access to the system. In addition, 
we require third party service providers to maintain similar controls. However, we cannot be certain that these measures will 
be  successful.  A  security  breach  in  the  system  and  loss  of  confidential  information  could  result  in  losing  customers’ 
confidence and thus the loss of their business as well as additional significant costs for privacy monitoring activities. 

Our necessary dependence upon automated systems to record and process transaction volumes poses the risk that technical 
system flaws or employee errors, tampering or manipulation of those systems will result in losses and may be difficult to 
detect. We may also be subject to disruptions of the operating systems arising from events that are beyond our control (for 
example, computer viruses or electrical or telecommunications outages). We are further exposed to the risk that the third 
party service providers may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or 
operational errors). These disruptions may interfere with service to customers and result in a financial loss or liability. 

36 

  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Changing interest rates have a direct and immediate impact on financial institutions. The risk of nonpayment of loans — 
or credit risk — is not the only lending risk. Lenders are subject also to interest rate risk. Fluctuating rates of interest prevailing 
in the market affect a bank’s net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned from loans and investments, 
on one hand, and interest paid on deposits and borrowings, on the other. Changes in the general level of interest rates can 
affect our net interest income by affecting the difference between the weighted-average yield earned on our interest-earning 
assets and the weighted-average rate paid on our interest-bearing liabilities, or interest rate spread, and the average life of our 
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in interest rates also can affect (i) our ability to originate loans, 
(ii) the value of our interest-earning assets, and our ability to realize gains from the sale of such assets, (iii) our ability to 
obtain and retain deposits in competition with other available investment alternatives, and (iv) the ability of our borrowers to 
repay adjustable or variable rate loans. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary 
policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions, and other factors beyond our control. Although the 
Company believes that the estimated maturities of our interest-earning assets currently are well balanced in relation to the 
estimated maturities of our interest-bearing liabilities (which involves various estimates as to how changes in the general 
level of interest rates will impact these assets and liabilities), there can be no assurance that our profitability would not be 
adversely affected during any period of changes in interest rates. 

A prolonged economic downturn in our market area would adversely affect our loan portfolio and our growth prospects. 
Our lending market area is concentrated in northeastern and central Ohio, particularly Franklin, Geauga, Portage, Trumbull, 
and Ashtabula Counties. A very significant percentage of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate collateral, primarily 
residential mortgage loans. Commercial and industrial loans to small and medium-sized businesses also represent a significant 
percentage of our loan portfolio. The asset quality of our loan portfolio is largely dependent upon the area’s economy and 
real  estate  markets.  A  prolonged  economic  downturn  would  likely  lead  to  deterioration  of  the  credit  quality  of  our  loan 
portfolio and reduce our level of customer deposits, which in turn would hurt our business. Borrowers may be less likely to 
repay their loans as scheduled or at all. Moreover, the value of real estate or other collateral that may secure our loans could 
be adversely affected. Unlike many larger institutions, we are not able to spread the risks of unfavorable local economic 
conditions across a large number of diversified economies and geographic locations. A prolonged economic downturn could, 
therefore, result in losses that could materially and adversely affect our business. 

Changes in accounting standards could materially impact our consolidated financial statements. Our accounting policies 
and methods are fundamental to how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. The 
accounting standard setters, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC, and other regulatory bodies, from 
time to time may change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our consolidated 
financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial 
condition  and  results  of  operations.  In  some  cases,  the  Company  could  be  required  to  apply  a  new  or  revised  standard 
retroactively,  resulting  in  changes  to  previously-reported  financial  results,  or  a  cumulative  charge  to  retained  earnings. 
Management may be required to make difficult, subjective, or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. Materially 
different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. 

There are risks with respect to future expansion and acquisitions or mergers. The Company may seek in the future to 
acquire other financial institutions or parts of those institutions. The Company may also expand into new markets or lines of 
business or offer new products or services. These activities would involve a number of risks, including— 

•  the time and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions and merger partners;  

•  using inaccurate estimates and judgments to evaluate credit, operations, management, and market risks with respect

to the target institution or assets;  

•  diluting our existing shareholders in an acquisition;  

•  the time and expense associated with evaluating new markets for expansion, hiring experienced local management,

and opening new offices;  

•  taking  a  significant  amount  of  time  negotiating  a  transaction  or  working  on  expansion  plans,  resulting  in

management’s attention being diverted from the operation of our existing business; and 

•  the time and expense associated with integrating the operations and personnel of the combined businesses, creating

an adverse short-term effect on our results of operations. 

37 

  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
   
  
     
   
  
     
   
  
     
   
  
 
 
There is also a risk that any expansion effort will not be successful. 

Government regulation could restrict our ability to pay cash dividends. Dividends from the bank are the only significant 
source of cash for the Company. Statutory and regulatory limits could prevent the bank from paying dividends or transferring 
funds to the Company. As of December 31, 2015, MBC could have declared dividends of approximately $8.5 million in the 
aggregate  to  the  Company,  assuming  the  ODFI  did  not  object.  The  Company  cannot  assure  you  that  subsidiary  bank 
profitability will continue to allow dividends to the Company, and the Company therefore cannot assure you that the Company 
will be able to continue paying regular, quarterly cash dividends. Until January 20, 2017, MBC cannot pay dividends to the 
Company unless MBC first obtains approval of the ODFI. 

Risks Associated with the Company’s Common Stock 

The  Company’s  common  stock  is  thinly  traded, and  it  is  therefore  susceptible  to  wide price  swings.  Trading under  the 
symbol MBCN, our stock became listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market in September of 2014. While our stock is quoted on 
the NASDAQ Capital Market, it trades infrequently. As a result, you may be unable to sell or purchase our common shares 
at the volume, price and time you desire. The limited trading market for our common shares may cause fluctuations in the 
market value of our common shares to be exaggerated, leading to price volatility in excess of that which would occur in a 
more active trading market. 

Item 1B — Unresolved Staff Comments 

     Not applicable 

38 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 2 — Properties 

     The Bank’s offices are: 

Location 
Main Office: 
15985 East High Street 
Middlefield, Ohio 

Branches : 
West Branch 
15545 West High Street 
Middlefield, Ohio 

Garrettsville Branch 
8058 State Street 
Garrettsville, Ohio 

Mantua Branch 
10519 South Main Street 
Mantua, Ohio 

Chardon Branch 
348 Center Street 
Chardon, Ohio 

Orwell Branch 
30 South Maple Avenue 
Orwell, Ohio 

Newbury Branch 
11110 Kinsman Road 
Newbury, Ohio 

Cortland Branch 
3450 Niles Cortland Road 
Cortland, Ohio 

Dublin Branch 
6215 Perimeter Drive 
Dublin, OH  

Westerville Branch 
17 North State Street 
Westerville, OH  

Administrative Offices: 
15200 Madison Road Suite 108 
Middlefield, Ohio 44062 

Mentor Loan Production Office 
8353 Mentor Avenue 
Mentor, OH 44060 

    County      Owned/Leased     

Other Information 

    Geauga 

    Owned 

    Geauga 

    Owned 

    Portage 

    Owned 

    Portage 

    Leased 

    three-year lease renewed in November 2013, with  
    option to renew for five additional consecutive three-  
    year terms  

    Geauga 

    Owned 

    Ashtabula     Owned 

    Geauga 

    Leased 

    ten-year lease dated December 2006, with option to  
    renew for four additional consecutive five-year terms   

    Trumbull      Owned 

    Franklin 

    Leased 

    twenty-year lease dated February 2004, with the  
    option to purchase after the tenth year   

    Franklin 

    Owned 

    Geauga 

    Owned 

    Lake 

    Leased 

    one-year lease dated September 2015, with the option  
    to renew for two additional one-year terms   

     At December 31, 2015 the net book value of the Bank’s investment in premises and equipment totaled $9.8 million. 

39 

  
  
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
  
   
 
 
Item 3 — Legal Proceedings 

From time to time the Company and the subsidiary bank are involved in various legal proceedings that are incidental to its 
business. In the opinion of management, no current legal proceedings are material to the financial condition of Company or 
the subsidiary bank, either individually or in the aggregate. 

Item 4 — Mine Safety Disclosures 

 Not applicable 

Part II 

Item 5 — Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities 

Information relating to the market for Middlefield’s common equity and related shareholder matters appears under “Market 
Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters” in the Company’s 2015 Annual 
Report to Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. Information relating to dividend restrictions for Registrant’s 
common stock appears under “Supervision and Regulation.” 

Equity Compensation Plan information 

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2015 with respect to shares of common stock that may be 
issued under the Company’s existing equity plans.  

Number of 
Securities 
Remaining 
Available  
for Future 
Issuance  
Under Equity  
Compensation 
Plans  
(Excluding 
Securities  
Reflected in First 
Column) 

Number of  
Securities  
to be Issued Upon 
Exercise of  
Outstanding  
Options or Rights     

Weighted-
Average  
Exercise Price of  
Outstanding  
Options or Rights     

2,625    $ 
29,324      
31,949    $ 

40.24      
23.67      
25.03      

-   
427,729   
427,729   

Plan Category 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders: 

1999 Stock Option Plan 
2007 Omnibus Equity Plan 

Total 

Item 6 — Selected Financial Data 

Not applicable. 

Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The above-captioned information appears under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations” in the Company’s 2015 Annual Report to Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. 

40 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 7A — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

The above-captioned information appears under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations” under the section “Interest Rate Sensitivity Simulation Analysis” in the Company’s 2015 Annual 
Report to Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries,  together  with  the  report  thereon  by  S.R. 
Snodgrass, P.C. appear in the Company’s 2015 Annual Report to Shareholders and are incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 9 — Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None 

Item 9A – Controls and Procedures  

(a)  Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

The Company’s management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer,
have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in
Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”).  Based 
upon their evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end
of  the  period  covered  by  this  report,  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  for  the 
purpose of ensuring that the information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits
under  the  Exchange Act with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  “SEC”)  (1)  is  recorded,  processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (2) is accumulated
and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers,
as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

(b) 

Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting 

Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting is incorporated herein by reference to Item
8 - the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(c)  Changes to Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the period ended December
31, 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonable likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control
over financial reporting. 

Item 9B — Other Information 

None 

41 

  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Part III 

Item 10 — Directors, Executive Officers of the Registrant, and Corporate Governance 

Incorporated by reference to the definitive proxy statement for the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after December 31, 2015. 

Item 11 — Executive Compensation 

Incorporated by reference to the definitive proxy statement for the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after December 31, 2015. 

Item 12 — Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Incorporated by reference to the definitive proxy statement for the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after December 31, 2015. The information required by 
this item concerning Equity Compensation Plan information is presented under the caption “EQUITY COMPENSATION 
PLAN INFORMATION” contained in Part II, Item 5. “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters 
and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities”. 

Item 13 — Certain Relationships, Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Incorporated by reference to the definitive proxy statement for the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after December 31, 2015. 

Item 14 — Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Incorporated by reference to the definitive proxy statement for the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after December 31, 2015. 

42 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Part IV 

Item 15 — Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)(1) Financial Statements 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements : 

Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2015: 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
Consolidated Statements of Income 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules 

Financial  Statement  Schedules  have  been  omitted  because  they  are  not  applicable  or  the  required  information  is  shown 
elsewhere in the document in the Financial Statements or Notes thereto, or in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” 

(a)(3) Exhibits 

See the list of exhibits below 

(b) Exhibits Required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K 

43 

  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

exhibit 
number 

3.1 

   description 

  location 

  Second Amended and Restated Articles of 
Incorporation of Middlefield Banc Corp., as 
amended 

3.2 

  Regulations of Middlefield Banc Corp. 

4.0 

  Specimen stock certificate 

  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as 
of December 21, 2006, between Middlefield Banc 
Corp., as Depositor, Wilmington Trust Company, as 
Property trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as 
Delaware Trustee, and Administrative Trustees 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2005, 
filed on March 29, 2006 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s registration statement on 
Form 10 filed on April 17, 2001 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s registration statement on 
Form 10 filed on April 17, 2001 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Form 8-K Current Report 
filed on December 27, 2006 

  Junior Subordinated Indenture, dated as of 
December 21, 2006, between Middlefield Banc 
Corp. and Wilmington Trust Company 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Form 8-K Current Report 
filed on December 27, 2006 

  Guarantee Agreement, dated as of December 21, 
2006, between Middlefield Banc Corp. and 
Wilmington Trust Company 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Form 8-K Current Report 
filed on December 27, 2006 

10.1.0* 

  1999 Stock Option Plan of Middlefield Banc Corp.    

10.1.1* 

  2007 Omnibus Equity Plan 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s registration statement on 
Form 10 filed on April 17, 2001 

Incorporated by reference to Middlefield Banc 
Corp.’s definitive proxy statement for the 2008 
Annual Meeting of Shareholders, Appendix A, filed 
on April 7, 2008 

10.2* 

10.3* 

  Severance Agreement between Middlefield Banc 
Corp. and Thomas G. Caldwell, dated January 7, 
2008 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Form 8-K Current Report 
filed on January 9, 2008 

  Severance Agreement between Middlefield Banc 
Corp. and James R. Heslop, II, dated January 7, 
2008 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Form 8-K Current Report 
filed on January 9, 2008 

10.4.1* 

  Severance Agreement between Middlefield Banc 
Corp. and Teresa M. Hetrick, dated January 7, 2008 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.1 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Form 8-K Current Report 
filed on January 9, 2008 

10.4.2 

  [reserved] 

10.4.3* 

  Severance Agreement between Middlefield Banc 
Corp. and Donald L. Stacy, dated January 7, 2008 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.3 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Form 8-K Current Report 
filed on January 9, 2008 

44 

 
   
   
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
10.4.4* 

  Severance Agreement between Middlefield Banc 
Corp. and Alfred F. Thompson Jr., dated January 7, 
2008 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.4 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Form 8-K Current Report 
filed on January 9, 2008 

  Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati Agreement 
for Advances and Security Agreement dated 
September 14, 2000 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s registration statement on 
Form 10 filed on April 17, 2001 

10.5 

10.6* 

10.7* 

10.8* 

10.9* 

  Amended Director Retirement Agreement with 
Richard T. Coyne 

  Amended Director Retirement Agreement with 
Frances H. Frank 

  Amended Director Retirement Agreement with 
Thomas C. Halstead 

  Director Retirement Agreement with George F. 
Hasman 

10.10* 

  Director Retirement Agreement with Donald D. 
Hunter 

10.11* 

  Director Retirement Agreement with Martin S. Paul    

10.12* 

  Amended Director Retirement Agreement with 
Donald E. Villers 

10.13* 

  Executive Survivor Income Agreement (aka DBO 
agreement [death benefit only]) with Donald L. 
Stacy 

10.14* 

  DBO Agreement with Jay P. Giles 

10.15* 

  DBO Agreement with Alfred F. Thompson Jr. 

10.16 

  [reserved] 

45 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Form 8-K Current Report 
filed on January 9, 2008 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Form 8-K Current Report 
filed on January 9, 2008 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Form 8-K Current Report 
filed on January 9, 2008 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2001, filed 
on March 28, 2002 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2001, filed 
on March 28, 2002 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2001, filed 
on March 28, 2002 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Form 8-K Current Report 
filed on January 9, 2008 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2003, filed 
on March 30, 2004 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2003, filed 
on March 30, 2004 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2003, filed 
on March 30, 2004 

  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
 
10.17* 

  DBO Agreement with Teresa M. Hetrick 

10.18 * 

  Executive Deferred Compensation Agreement with 
Jay P. Giles 

10.19* 

  DBO Agreement with James R. Heslop, II 

10.20* 

  DBO Agreement with Thomas G. Caldwell 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2003, filed 
on March 30, 2004 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2011, filed 
on March 20, 2012 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2003, filed 
on March 30, 2004 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2003, filed 
on March 30, 2004 

10.21* 

  Form of Indemnification Agreement with directors 
of Middlefield Banc Corp. and with executive 
officers of Middlefield Banc Corp. and The 
Middlefield Banking Company 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s registration statement on 
Form 10, Amendment No. 1, filed on June 14, 2001 

10.22* 

  Annual Incentive Plan 

10.22.1* 

  Annual Incentive Plan 2014 Award Summary 

10.23* 

  Amended Executive Deferred Compensation 
Agreement with Thomas G. Caldwell 

10.24* 

  Amended Executive Deferred Compensation 
Agreement with James R. Heslop, II 

10.25* 

  Amended Executive Deferred Compensation 
Agreement with Donald L. Stacy 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Form 8-K Current Report 
filed on June 12, 2012 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22.1 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Form 8-K Current Report 
filed on April 17, 2014 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Form 8-K Current Report 
filed on May 9, 2008 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Form 8-K Current Report 
filed on May 9, 2008 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of 
Middlefield Banc Corp.’s Form 8-K Current Report 
filed on May 9, 2008 

10.26* 

  [reserved] 

10.27 

  [reserved] 

10.28 

  [reserved] 

13 

  Portions of Annual Report to Shareholders for the 
year ended December 31, 2015 incorporated by 
reference into this Form 10-K 

filed herewith 

21 

  Subsidiaries of Middlefield Banc Corp. 

filed herewith 

46 

  
  
    
  
  
  
   
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
   
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
   
  
    
  
  
  
   
     
  
   
  
   
     
  
   
 
 
23 

31.1 

31.2 

  Consent of S.R. Snodgrass, P.C., independent 
auditors of Middlefield Banc Corp. 

filed herewith 

  Rule 13a-14(a) certification of Chief Executive 
Officer 

filed herewith 

  Rule 13a-14(a) certification of Chief Financial 
Officer 

filed herewith 

32 

  Rule 13a-14(b) certification 

filed herewith 

101.INS** 

  XBRL Instance 

furnished herewith 

101.SCH** 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 

furnished herewith 

101.CAL** 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation 

furnished herewith 

101.DEF** 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition 

furnished herewith 

101.LAB** 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels 

furnished herewith 

101.PRE** 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation 

furnished herewith 

* management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement 

** XBRL information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of sections 11 
or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections. 

47 

  
   
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
   
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
SIGNATURES 

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused 
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Middlefield Banc Corp. 

By:    /s/ Thomas G. Caldwell   

Thomas G. Caldwell  
President and Chief Executive Officer  
Date: March 9, 2016 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 

persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

 /s/ Thomas G. Caldwell 
 Thomas G. Caldwell 
 President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director 

 /s/ Donald L. Stacy 
 Donald L. Stacy, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer 
 (Principal accounting and financial officer) 

 /s/ Carolyn J. Turk 
 Carolyn J. Turk, Chairman of the Board 

 /s/ Eric W. Hummel 
 Eric W. Hummel, Director 

 /s/ James R. Heslop, II 
 James R. Heslop, II, Executive Vice President, 
 Chief Operating Officer, and Director 

 /s/ Kenneth E. Jones 
 Kenneth E. Jones, Director 

 /s/ James J. McCaskey 
 James J. McCaskey, Director 

 /s/ Joseph J. Thomas 
 Joseph J. Thomas, Director 

 /s/ William J. Skidmore 
 William J. Skidmore, Director 

 /s/ Robert W. Toth 
 Robert W. Toth, Director 

48 

  March 9, 2016 

  March 9, 2016 

  March 9, 2016 

  March 9, 2016 

  March 9, 2016 

  March 9, 2016 

  March 9, 2016 

  March 9, 2016 

  March 9, 2016 

  March 9, 2016 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
    
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
    
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
    
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
    
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
    
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
    
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
    
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
    
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
    
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
 
 
Exhibit 13 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Board of Directors and Stockholders  
Middlefield Banc Corp.  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Middlefield Banc Corp. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) 
as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income (loss), changes 
in  stockholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2015.  These  consolidated 
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these 
consolidated financial statements based on our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit 
of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as 
a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an 
opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such 
opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating 
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of Middlefield Banc Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations 
and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ending December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. Generally 
Accepted Accounting Principles. 

/s/ S.R. Snodgrass P.C.   

Wexford, Pennsylvania  
March 9, 2016 

49 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
MIDDLEFIELD BANC CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET 
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except shares) 

ASSETS 

Cash and due from banks 
Federal funds sold 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Investment securities available for sale, at fair value 
Loans held for sale 
Loans  
Less allowance for loan and lease losses 

Net loans 

Premises and equipment, net 
Goodwill 
Core deposit intangibles 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Other real estate owned 
Accrued interest and other assets 

TOTAL ASSETS 

LIABILITIES 
Deposits: 

Noninterest-bearing demand 
Interest-bearing demand 
Money market 
Savings 
Time 

Total deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Other borrowings 
Accrued interest and other liabilities 

TOTAL LIABILITIES 
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 

Common stock, no par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, 2,263,403 and 
2,242,025 shares issued; 1,877,238 and 2,052,495 shares outstanding  

Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 
Treasury stock, at cost; 386,165 and 189,530 shares 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 

  $

December 31, 

2015 

2014 

22,421     $
1,329       
23,750       
146,520       
1,107       
533,710       
6,385       
527,325       
9,772       
4,559       
76       
13,141       
1,412       
7,477       

20,846   
4,793   
25,639   
154,334   
438   
470,584   
6,846   
463,738   
9,980   
4,559   
116   
9,092   
2,590   
7,045   

  $

735,139     $

677,531   

  $

116,498     $
57,219       
78,856       
180,653       
191,221       
624,447       
35,825       
9,939       
2,624       
672,835       

36,191       
37,236       
2,395       
(13,518 )     
62,304       

105,512   
56,377   
75,895   
178,470   
169,858   
586,112   
14,808   
10,624   
2,120   
613,664   

35,529   
32,524   
2,548   
(6,734) 
63,867   

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 

  $

735,139     $

677,531   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

50 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
      
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
 
 
MIDDLEFIELD BANC CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME 
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data) 

INTEREST INCOME 

Interest and fees on loans 
Interest-bearing deposits in other institutions 
Federal funds sold 
Investment securities: 
Taxable interest 
Tax-exempt interest 

Dividends on stock 

Total interest income 

INTEREST EXPENSE 

Deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Federal funds purchased 
Other borrowings 
Trust preferred securities 
Total interest expense 

NET INTEREST INCOME 

Provision for loan losses 

   $ 

Year Ended December 31, 

2015 

2014 

2013 

23,824      $ 
33        
13        

1,467        
3,160        
98        
28,595        

3,426        
194        
-        
83        
117        
3,820        

22,726       $ 
24         
14         

1,896         
3,127         
87         
27,874         

3,633         
148         
-         
118         
171         
4,070         

22,496   
30   
15   

2,514   
3,044   
79   
28,178   

4,709   
178   
7   
166   
190   
5,250   

24,775        

23,804         

22,928   

315        

370         

196   

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES 

24,460        

23,434         

22,732   

NONINTEREST INCOME 

Service charges on deposit accounts 
Investment securities gains, net 
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance 
Gains on sale of loans 
Other income 

Total noninterest income 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy expense 
Equipment expense 
Data processing costs 
Ohio state franchise tax 
Federal deposit insurance expense 
Professional fees 
(Gain) loss on other real estate owned 
Advertising expenses 
Other real estate expenses 
Directors fees 
Core deposit intangible amortization 
Other expense 

Total noninterest expense 

Income before income taxes 
Income taxes 

NET INCOME 

EARNINGS PER SHARE 

Basic 
Diluted 

DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER SHARE 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

51 

1,874        
323        
624        
329        
894        
4,044        

9,751        
1,253        
944        
1,071        
300        
472        
1,247        
(48)      
721        
611        
451        
40        
3,264        
20,077        

8,427        
1,562        

1,876         
248         
276         
237         
951         
3,588         

8,817         
1,108         
963         
917         
342         
449         
1,086         
183         
488         
387         
403         
40         
2,667         
17,850         

9,172         
1,992         

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

6,865      $ 

7,180       $ 

3.41       $ 
3.39         

1.07       $ 

3.52       $ 
3.50         

1.04       $ 

1,956   
11   
280   
-   
898   
3,145   

7,913   
1,231   
950   
854   
618   
516   
1,174   
18   
445   
410   
403   
40   
2,298   
16,870   

9,007   
1,979   

7,028   

3.48   
3.47   

1.04   

  
  
  
  
  
        
           
           
  
  
  
     
     
  
        
           
           
  
     
     
        
           
           
  
     
     
     
     
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
        
           
           
  
     
  
        
           
           
  
     
  
        
           
           
  
     
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
        
           
           
  
     
     
  
        
           
           
  
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
     
  
        
           
           
  
  
  
 
 
MIDDLEFIELD BANC CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Year Ended December 31,  
2014 

2013 

2015 

Net income 

  $ 

6,865     $

7,180     $

7,028   

Other comprehensive income (loss): 

Net unrealized holding gain (loss) on available-for-sale 

investment securities 

Tax effect 

Reclassification adjustment for investment securities gains 

included in net income 

Tax effect 

91       
(31)     

7,498       
(2,549 )     

(11,545 ) 
3,925   

(323)     
110       

(248 )     
84       

(11 ) 
3   

Total other comprehensive (loss) income 

(153)     

4,785       

(7,628 ) 

Comprehensive income (loss)  

  $ 

6,712     $

11,965     $

(600 ) 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

52 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
MIDDLEFIELD BANC CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except shares and dividend per share amount) 

Common Stock 

 Retained 

Accumulated  
Other  
Comprehensive

   Shares 
     2,181,763    $ 

     Amount 

     Earnings       Income (Loss)     
5,391     $

22,485     $ 

34,295    $ 

Balance, December 31, 2012 

Net income 
Other comprehensive loss 
Common stock issuance, net of 

issuance cost ($139) 

Dividend reinvestment and 

purchase plan 

Stock options exercised 
Cash dividends ($1.04 per share)      

7,028       

(7,628)     

13,320       

74  

25,751       
1,000       

736  
(126)     

49       
(2,097)     

Treasury  
Stock 

Total  
Stockholders' 
Equity 

(6,734)   $ 

55,437   

7,028   
(7,628) 

74   

736   
(77) 
(2,097) 

Balance, December 31, 2013 

     2,221,834    $ 

34,979    $ 

27,465     $ 

(2,237)   $

(6,734)   $ 

53,473   

Net income 
Other comprehensive income 
Dividend reinvestment and 

purchase plan 

Stock options exercised 
Stock-based compensation 
Cash dividends ($1.04 per share)      

7,180       

4,785       

19,791       

400       

590  
(50)     
10      

(2,121)     

7,180   
4,785   

590   
(50) 
10   
(2,121) 

Balance, December 31, 2014 

     2,242,025    $ 

35,529    $ 

32,524     $ 

2,548     $

(6,734)   $ 

63,867   

Net income 
Other comprehensive loss 
Purchase of treasury stock 

(196,635 shares) 

Dividend reinvestment and 

purchase plan 

Stock options exercised 
Stock-based compensation 
Cash dividends ($1.07 per share)      

6,865       

(153)     

6,865   
(153) 

20,393       
400       
585       

651  

(7)     
18      

(2,153)     

(6,784)     

(6,784) 

651   
(7) 
18   
(2,153) 

Balance, December 31, 2015 

     2,263,403    $ 

36,191    $ 

37,236     $ 

2,395     $

(13,518)   $ 

62,304   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

53 

  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
  
    
       
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
       
    
    
       
       
   
    
    
    
       
       
   
    
    
       
       
       
       
       
       
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
  
    
       
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
       
    
    
       
       
   
    
    
       
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
  
    
       
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
   
    
    
    
       
       
   
    
    
       
       
       
    
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
  
  
  
  
 
 
MIDDLEFIELD BANC CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS  
(Dollar amounts in thousands)  

2015 

Year Ended December 31,  
2014 

2013 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES  

   $ 
Net income  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:           

6,865       $ 

7,180       $ 

Provision for loan losses  
Investment securities gains, net  
Depreciation and amortization  
Amortization of premium and discount on investment securities  
Accretion of deferred loan fees, net  
Origination of loans held for sale  
Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale  
Gains on sale of loans  
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance  
Deferred income taxes  
Stock-based compensation expense  
(Gain) loss on other real estate owned  
Other real estate owned writedowns  
(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable  
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable  
Decrease in prepaid federal deposit insurance  
Other, net  

Net cash provided by operating activities  

INVESTING ACTIVITIES  

Investment securities available for sale:  

Proceeds from repayments and maturities  
Proceeds from sale of securities  
Purchases  

Increase in loans, net  
Proceeds from the sale of other real estate owned  
Purchase of bank-owned life insurance  
Purchase of premises and equipment  

Net cash used for investing activities  

FINANCING ACTIVITIES  

Net increase (decrease) in deposits  
Increase in short-term borrowings, net  
Repayment of other borrowings  
Common stock issued  
Stock options exercised  
Proceeds from dividend reinvestment and purchase plan  
Purchase of treasury stock  
Cash dividends  

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities  

315         
(323)      
1,013         
669         
(603)      
(17,889)      
17,549         
(329)      
(624)      
558         
18         
(48)      
102         
(292)      
80         
-        
121         
7,182         

13,497         
15,686         
(21,946)      
(63,937)      
1,762         
(4,000)      
(507)      
(59,445)      

38,335         
21,017         
(685)      
-        
(7)      
651         
(6,784)      
(2,153)      
50,374         

370         
(248 )      
1,049         
737         
(237 )      
(6,223 )      
6,022         
(237 )      
(276 )      
(154 )      
10         
183         
123         
40         
(49 )      
-         
(831 )      
7,459         

13,474         
8,383         
(12,287 )      
(36,222 )      
832         
-         
(902 )      
(26,722 )      

17,276         
3,999         
(985 )      
-         
(50 )      
590         
-         
(2,121 )      
18,709         

7,028   

196   
(11 ) 
891   
1,100   
(245 ) 
-   
-   
-   
(280 ) 
423   
-   
18   
101   
28   
(128 ) 
513   
263   
9,897   

25,411   
25,088   
(25,815 ) 
(29,829 ) 
882   
-   
(1,834 ) 
(6,097 ) 

(24,499 ) 
4,271   
(1,361 ) 
74   
(77 ) 
736   
-   
(2,097 ) 
(22,953 ) 

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents  

(1,889)      

(554 )      

(19,153 ) 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR  

25,639         

26,193         

45,346   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR  

   $ 

23,750       $ 

25,639       $ 

26,193   

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION  
Cash paid during the year for:  

Interest on deposits and borrowings  
Income taxes  

Non-cash investing transactions:  

Transfers from loans to other real estate owned  
Loans to facilitate the sale of other real estate owned  
Death benefit proceeds not yet received from insurance company  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

   $ 

   $ 

3,740       $ 
800         

638       $ 
-        
575         

4,119       $ 
2,260         

1,030       $ 
-         
-         

5,378   
1,620   

2,113   
(260 ) 
-   

54 

  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
        
           
           
  
           
           
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
        
           
           
  
     
  
        
           
           
  
     
  
        
           
           
  
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
     
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
     
     
  
   
 
 
MIDDLEFIELD BANC CORP. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

A summary of the significant accounting and reporting policies applied in the presentation of the accompanying financial 
statements follows:  

Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation  

Middlefield  Banc  Corp.  (the  “Company”)  is  an  Ohio  corporation  organized  to  become  the  holding  company  of  The 
Middlefield Banking Company (“MBC”). MBC is a state-chartered bank located in Ohio. On April 19, 2007, Middlefield 
Banc Corp. acquired Emerald Bank (“EB”), an Ohio-chartered commercial bank headquartered in Dublin, Ohio. EB merged 
into  MBC  on  January  20,  2014.  On  October  23,  2009,  the  Company  established  an  asset  resolution  subsidiary  named 
EMORECO, Inc. The Company and its subsidiaries derive substantially all of their income from banking and bank-related 
services,  which  includes  interest  earnings  on  residential  real  estate,  commercial  mortgage,  commercial  and  consumer 
financings as well as interest earnings on investment securities and deposit services to its customers through ten locations. 
The Company is supervised by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, while MBC is subject to regulation 
and supervision by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Ohio Division of Financial Institutions.  

The consolidated financial statements of the Company include its wholly owned subsidiaries, MBC and EMORECO, Inc. 
Significant intercompany items have been eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements.  

The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. In preparing 
the financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets 
and liabilities as of the balance sheet date and revenues and expenses for the period. Actual results could differ from those 
estimates.  

Investment Securities  

Investment securities are classified at the time of purchase, based on management’s intention and ability, as securities held 
to maturity or securities available for sale. Debt securities acquired with the intent and ability to hold to maturity are stated 
at cost adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, which are computed using a level yield method and 
recognized as adjustments of interest income. Certain other debt securities have been classified as available for sale to serve 
principally as a source of liquidity. Unrealized holding gains and losses for available-for-sale securities are reported as a 
separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of tax, until realized. Realized security gains and losses are computed using 
the specific identification method. Interest and dividends on investment securities are recognized as income when earned.  

Securities are evaluated on at least a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such 
an evaluation to determine whether a decline in their value is other than temporary. For debt securities, management considers 
whether  the  present  value  of  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  are  less  than  the  security’s  amortized  cost  basis  (the 
difference defined as the credit loss), the magnitude and duration of the decline, the reasons underlying the decline and the 
Bank’s intent to sell the security or whether it is more likely than not that the Bank would be required to sell the security 
before its anticipated recovery in market value, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary. Once a decline 
in value is determined to be other than temporary, if the Bank does not intend to sell the security, and it is more likely than 
not that it will not be required to sell the security, before recovery of the security’s amortized cost basis, the charge to earnings 
is limited to the amount of credit loss. Any remaining difference between fair value and amortized cost (the difference defined 
as  the  non-credit  portion)  is  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income,  net  of  applicable  taxes.  Otherwise,  the  entire 
difference between fair value and amortized cost is charged to earnings. For equity securities where the fair value has been 
significantly  below  cost  for  one  year,  the  Bank’s  policy  is  to  recognize  an  impairment  loss  unless  sufficient  evidence  is 
available that the decline is not other than temporary and a recovery period can be predicted. 

55 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Restricted Stock 

Common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) represents ownership in an institution that is wholly owned by 
other  financial  institutions.  This  equity  security  is  accounted  for  at  cost  and  classified  with  other  assets.  The  FHLB  of 
Cincinnati has reported profits for 2015 and 2014, remains in compliance with regulatory capital and liquidity requirements, 
and continues to pay dividends on the stock and make redemptions at the par value. With consideration given to these factors, 
management concluded that the stock was not impaired at December 31, 2015 or 2014. 

Mortgage Banking Activities  

Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at fair value. The Bank sells the loans on 
a servicing retained basis. Servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value with the income statement effect recorded in 
gains on sales of loans. The Bank measures servicing assets using the amortization method. Fair value is based on market 
prices  for  comparable  mortgage  servicing  contracts,  when  available,  or  alternatively,  is  based  on  a  valuation  model  that 
calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. Loan servicing rights are amortized in proportion to 
and over the period of estimated net future servicing revenue. The expected period of the estimated net servicing income is 
based in part on the expected prepayment of the underlying mortgages. The unamortized balance of mortgage servicing rights 
is included in accrued interest and other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

Mortgage servicing rights will be periodically evaluated for impairment, beginning in 2016. Impairment represents the excess 
of  amortized  cost  over  its  estimated  fair  value.  Impairment  is  determined  by  stratifying  rights  into  tranches  based  on 
predominant risk characteristics, such as interest rate and original time to maturity. Any impairment is reported as a valuation 
allowance for an individual tranche. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists 
for a particular grouping, a reduction of the allowance will be recorded as an increase to income. 

Servicing  fee  income  is  recorded  for  fees  earned  for  servicing  loans.  The  fees  are  based  on  a  contractual  percentage  of 
outstanding principal and are recorded as income when earned. The amortization of mortgage servicing rights is netted against 
loan servicing fee income. Late fees and ancillary fees related to loan servicing are not material. 

The Company is exposed to interest rate risk on loans held for sale and rate-lock loan commitments (“IRLCs”). As market 
interest rates increase or decrease, the fair value of loans held for sale and rate-lock commitments will decrease or increase. 
The Company enters into derivative transactions principally to protect against the risk of adverse interest movements affecting 
the value of the Company’s committed loan sales pipeline. In order to mitigate the risk that a change in interest rates will 
result  in  a decrease  in value of  the  Company’s IRLCs  in  the  committed  mortgage pipeline or  its  loans held  for  sale,  the 
Company enters into mandatory forward loan sales contracts with secondary market participants. Mandatory forward sales 
contracts and committed loans intended to be held for sale are considered free-standing derivative instruments and changes 
in fair value are recorded in current period earnings. For committed loans, fair value is measured using current market rates 
for the associated mortgage loans. For mandatory forward sales contracts, fair value is measured using secondary market 
pricing. 

Loans  

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff generally are 
reported  at  their  outstanding  unpaid  principal  balances  net  of  the  allowance  for  loan  and  lease  losses.  Interest  income  is 
recognized as income when earned on the accrual method. The accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management 
believes, after considering economic and business conditions, the borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of 
interest is doubtful. Interest received on nonaccrual loans is recorded as income or applied against principal according to 
management’s judgment as to the collectability of such principal.  

Loan  origination  fees  and  certain  direct  loan  origination  costs  are  being  deferred  and  the  net  amount  amortized  as  an 
adjustment of the related loan’s yield. Management is amortizing these amounts over the contractual life of the related loans.  

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses  

The  allowance  for  loan  and  lease  losses  represents  the  amount  which  management  estimates  is  adequate  to  provide  for 
probable loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance method is used in providing for loan losses. Accordingly, 
all loan losses are charged to the allowance, and all recoveries are credited to it. The allowance for loan and lease losses is 
established  through  a provision  for  loan  losses  which  is  charged  to operations.  The  provision  is  based on  management’s 
periodic  evaluation  of  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  for  loan  and  lease  losses,  which  encompasses  the  overall  risk 
56 

 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
characteristics  of  the  various  portfolio  segments,  past  experience  with  losses,  the  impact  of  economic  conditions  on 
borrowers, and other relevant factors. The estimates used in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease 
losses, including the amounts and timing of future cash flows expected on impaired loans, are particularly susceptible to 
significant change in the near term.  

A loan is considered impaired when it is probable the borrower will not repay the loan according to the original contractual 
terms of the loan agreement. Management has determined that first mortgage loans on one-to-four family properties and all 
consumer loans represent large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans that are to be collectively evaluated. Loans 
that experience insignificant payment delays, which are defined as 90 days or less, generally are not classified as impaired. 
A loan is not impaired during a period of delay in payment if the Company expects to collect all amounts due, including 
interest  accrued,  at  the  contractual  interest  rate  for  the  period  of  delay.  All  loans  identified  as  impaired  are  evaluated 
independently  by  management.  The  Company  estimates  credit  losses  on  impaired  loans  based  on  the  present  value  of 
expected cash flows or the fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan repayment is expected to come from the sale or 
operation of such collateral. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when it is determined a realized loss has 
occurred. Until such time, an allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained for estimated losses. Cash receipts on impaired 
loans are applied first to accrued interest receivable unless otherwise required by the loan terms, except when an impaired 
loan is also a nonaccrual loan, in which case the portion of the payment related to interest is recognized as income.  

Mortgage  loans  secured  by  one-to-four  family  properties  and  all  consumer  loans  are  large  groups  of  smaller-balance 
homogeneous  loans  and  are  measured  for  impairment  collectively.  Management  determines  the  significance  of  payment 
delays on  a  case-by-case basis,  taking  into consideration all  circumstances  concerning  the  loan,  the creditworthiness  and 
payment history of the borrower, the length of the payment delay, and the amount of shortfall in relation to the principal and 
interest owed. 

Premises and Equipment  

Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed 
on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 3 to 20 years for furniture, fixtures, 
and equipment and 3 to 40 years for buildings and leasehold improvements. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are 
charged against income as incurred. Costs of major additions and improvements are capitalized.  

Goodwill 

The Company accounts for goodwill using a three-step process for testing the impairment of goodwill on at least an annual 
basis. This approach could cause more volatility in the Company’s reported net income because impairment losses, if any, 
could occur irregularly and in varying amounts. No impairment of goodwill was recognized in any of the periods presented. 

Intangible Assets 

Intangible assets include core deposit intangibles, which are a measure of the value of consumer demand and savings deposits 
acquired in business combinations accounted for as purchases. The core deposit intangibles are being amortized to expense 
over a 10 year life on a straight-line basis. The recoverability of the carrying value of intangible assets is evaluated on an 
ongoing basis, and permanent declines in value, if any, are charged to expense. 

Bank-Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”) 

The Company owns insurance on the lives of a certain group of key employees. The policies were purchased to help offset 
the increase in the costs of various fringe benefit plans including healthcare. The cash surrender value of these policies is 
included  as  an  asset  on  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet  and  any  increases  in  the  cash  surrender  value  are  recorded  as 
noninterest income on the Consolidated Statement of Income. In the event of the death of an insured individual under these 
policies, the Company would receive a death benefit, which would be recorded as noninterest income. 

Other Real Estate Owned  

Real estate properties acquired through foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value at the date of foreclosure, establishing 
a new cost basis. After foreclosure, management periodically performs valuations and the real estate is carried at the lower 
of cost or fair value less estimated cost to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations of the properties, gains or losses on 
sales and additions to the valuation allowance are included in operating results. 

57 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Income Taxes  

The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected 
at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be 
realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the 
provision for income taxes.  

Earnings Per Share  

The Company provides dual presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share. Basic earnings per share are calculated 
utilizing net income as reported in the numerator and average shares outstanding in the denominator. The computation of 
diluted earnings per share differs in that the dilutive effects of any stock options, warrants, and convertible securities are 
adjusted in the denominator. 

Stock-Based Compensation  

The Company accounts for stock compensation based on the grant date fair value of all share-based payment awards that are 
expected to vest, including employee share options to be recognized as employee compensation expense over the requisite 
service period.  

For each of the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, the Company recorded no compensation cost related to 
vested  stock options.  As of December 31,  2015,  there  was no unrecognized  compensation  cost related  to  unvested stock 
options.  

At year ended December 31, 2015, 585 shares of restricted stock were awarded and immediately vested. There were no shares 
of restricted stock issued in 2014 or 2013. 

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, 2,175 and 11,223 options were exercised resulting in net proceeds to the 
participant of $7,000 and $50,000, respectively. 

Cash Flow Information  

The Company has defined cash and cash equivalents as those amounts included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet captions 
as “Cash and due from banks” and “Federal funds sold” with original maturities of less than 90 days. 

Advertising Costs  

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.  

Reclassification of Comparative Amounts 

Certain  comparative  amounts  for  prior  years  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  current-year  presentations.  Such 
reclassifications did not affect net income or retained earnings. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements: 

In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-
01,  Investments  –  Equity  Method  and  Joint  Ventures  (Topic  323):  Accounting  for  Investments  in  Qualified  Affordable 
Housing Projects. The amendments in this Update permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account 
for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions 
are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to 
the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a 
component of income tax expense (benefit). The amendments in this Update should be applied retrospectively to all periods 
presented. A reporting entity that uses the effective yield method to account for its investments in qualified affordable housing 
projects before the date of adoption may continue to apply the effective yield method for those preexisting investments. The 
amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for annual periods and interim reporting periods within 
those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. This Update did not have a significant impact on the Company’s 
financial statements. 

58 

  
 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-
40):  Reclassification  of  Residential  Real  Estate  Collateralized  Consumer  Mortgage  Loans  upon  Foreclosure.  The 
amendments in this Update clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to 
have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either 
(1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower 
conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in 
lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure 
of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in 
consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to 
local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. The amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for 
annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. An entity can elect to 
adopt  the  amendments  in  this  Update  using  either  a  modified  retrospective  transition  method  or  a  prospective  transition 
method. This Update did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (a new revenue recognition standard). 
The Update’s core principle is that a company will recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers 
in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. 
In addition, this update specifies the accounting for certain costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer and expands 
disclosure  requirements  for  revenue  recognition.  This  Update  is  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after 
December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. The Company is evaluating the effect of adopting 
this new accounting Update. 

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-11, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, 
Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures. The amendments in this Update change the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity 
transactions  to  secured  borrowing  accounting.  For  repurchase  financing  arrangements,  the  amendments  require  separate 
accounting  for  a  transfer  of  a  financial  asset  executed  contemporaneously  with  a  repurchase  agreement  with  the  same 
counterparty, which will result in secured borrowing accounting for the repurchase agreement. The amendments also require 
enhanced disclosures. The accounting changes in this Update are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning 
after December 15, 2014. An entity is required to present changes in accounting for transactions outstanding on the effective 
date as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. Earlier application 
is prohibited. The disclosure for certain transactions accounted for as a sale is required to be presented for interim and annual 
periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and the disclosure for repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions, 
and repurchase-to-maturity transactions accounted for as secured borrowings is required to be presented for annual periods 
beginning after December 15, 2014, and for interim periods beginning after March 15, 2015. The disclosures are not required 
to  be  presented  for  comparative  periods  before  the  effective  date.  This  Update  did  not  have  a  significant  impact  on  the 
Company’s financial statements. 

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-
Based Payments when the Terms of an Award Provide that a Performance Target Could Be Achieved After the Requisite 
Service Period. The amendments require that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the 
requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. The amendments in this Update are effective for annual periods 
and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Earlier adoption is permitted. Entities 
may apply the amendments in this Update either (a) prospectively to all awards granted or modified after the effective date 
or (b) retrospectively to all awards with performance targets that are outstanding as of the beginning of the earliest annual 
period presented in the financial statements and to all new or modified awards thereafter. If retrospective transition is adopted, 
the  cumulative  effect of  applying  this Update  as of  the  beginning  of  the  earliest  annual  period  presented  in  the  financial 
statements  should  be  recognized  as  an  adjustment  to  the  opening  retained  earnings  balance  at  that  date.  Additionally,  if 
retrospective transition is adopted, an entity may use hindsight in measuring and recognizing the compensation cost. This 
Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.  

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-14, Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-
40). The amendments in this Update require that a mortgage loan be derecognized and that a separate other receivable be 
recognized upon foreclosure if the following conditions are met: (1) the loan has a government guarantee that is not separable 
from the loan before foreclosure, (2) at the time of foreclosure, the creditor has the intent to convey the real estate property 
to the guarantor and make a claim on the guarantee, and the creditor has the ability to recover under that claim, and (3) at the 
time of foreclosure, any amount of the claim that is determined on the basis of the fair value of the real estate is fixed. Upon 
foreclosure, the separate other receivable should be measured based on the amount of the loan balance (principal and interest) 
expected to be recovered from the guarantor. The amendments in this Update are effective for public business entities for 

59 

  
  
   
  
annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. This Update did not 
have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.  

In  November  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2014-17,  Business  Combinations  (Topic  805):  Pushdown  Accounting.  The 
amendments in this Update apply to the separate financial statements of an acquired entity and its subsidiaries that are a 
business or nonprofit activity (either public or nonpublic) upon the occurrence of an event in which an acquirer (an individual 
or an entity) obtains control of the acquired entity. An acquired entity may elect the option to apply pushdown accounting in 
the reporting period in which the change-in-control event occurs. If pushdown accounting is not applied in the reporting 
period  in  which  the  change-in-control  event  occurs,  an  acquired  entity  will  have  the  option  to  elect  to  apply  pushdown 
accounting in a subsequent reporting period to the acquired entity's most recent change-in-control event. The amendments in 
this Update are effective on November 18, 2014. After the effective date, an acquired entity can make an election to apply 
the guidance to future change-in-control events or to its most recent change-in-control event. This Update is not expected to 
have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.  

In  February  2015,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2015-02,  Consolidation  (Topic  810).  The  amendments  in  this  Update  affect 
reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. All legal entities are 
subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. Specifically, the amendments (1) modify the evaluation of 
whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities (“VIEs”) or voting interest entities; (2) 
eliminate the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership; (3) affect the consolidation analysis 
of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs, particularly those that have fee arrangements and related-party relationships; 
and (4) provide a scope exception from consolidation guidance for reporting entities with interests in legal entities that are 
required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that are similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment 
Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds. The amendments in this Update are effective for public business 
entities for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. For all other 
entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and for interim 
periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on 
the Company’s financial statements. 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-05, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-
40),  as  part  of  its  initiative  to  reduce  complexity  in  accounting  standards.  This  guidance  will  help  entities  evaluate  the 
accounting for fees paid by a customer in a cloud computing arrangement. The amendments in this Update provide guidance 
to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement 
includes a software license, then the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent 
with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the 
customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. For public business entities, the FASB decided that the 
amendments  will  be  effective  for  annual  periods,  including  interim  periods  within  those  annual  periods,  beginning  after 
December 15, 2015. For all other entities, the amendments will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 
2015, and interim periods in annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted for all entities. 
This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.  

In  May  2015,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2015-08,  Business  Combinations  –  Pushdown  Accounting  –  Amendment  to  SEC 
Paragraphs  Pursuant  to  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  No.  115.  This  Update  was  issued  to  amend  various  SEC  paragraphs 
pursuant to the issuance of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 115. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on 
the Company’s financial statements. 

In June 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-10, Technical Corrections and Improvements. The amendments in this Update 
represent changes to clarify the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”), correct unintended application 
of guidance, or make minor improvements to the Codification that are not expected to have a significant effect on current 
accounting  practice  or  create  a  significant  administrative  cost  to  most  entities.  Transition  guidance  varies  based  on  the 
amendments in this Update. The amendments in this Update that require transition guidance are effective for all entities for 
fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted, 
including adoption in an interim period. All other amendments will be effective upon the issuance of this Update. This Update 
is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contract with Customers (Topic 606). The amendments in 
this Update defer the effective date of ASU 2014-09 for all entities by one year. Public business entities, certain not-for-profit 
entities, and certain employee benefit plans should apply the guidance in ASU 2014-09 to annual reporting periods beginning 
after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. All other entities should apply the 
guidance in ASU 2014-09 to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim reporting periods 
60 

  
  
  
   
  
  
within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is evaluating the effect of adopting this 
new accounting Update. 

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805). The amendments in this Update 
require that an acquirer recognizes adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in 
the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. The amendments in this Update require that the acquirer 
record, in the same period's financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other 
income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed 
at  the acquisition date. The  amendments  in this Update require  an  entity  to  present  separately  on  the face of  the  income 
statement or disclose in the notes the portion of the amount recorded in current-period earnings by line item that would have 
been  recorded  in  previous  reporting  periods  if  the  adjustment  to  the  provisional  amounts  had  been  recognized  as  of  the 
acquisition date. For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after 
December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the amendments in this Update 
are  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2016,  and  interim  periods  within  fiscal  years  beginning  after 
December 15, 2017. This Update is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred 
Taxes. The amendments in this Update require that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified 
statement of financial position. The amendments in this Update apply to all entities that present a classified statement of 
financial position. For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued 
for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. For all other entities, 
the amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 
2017, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Earlier application is permitted for all 
entities as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The amendments in this Update may be applied either 
prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented. This Update is not expected 
to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 

In  January  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-01,  Financial  Instruments  –  Overall  (Subtopic  825-10):  Recognition  and 
Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This Update applies to all entities that hold financial assets or 
owe financial liabilities and is intended to provide more useful information on the recognition, measurement, presentation, 
and  disclosure  of  financial  instruments.  Among  other  things,  this  Update  (a)  requires  equity  investments  (except  those 
accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at 
fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income; (b) simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments 
without  readily  determinable  fair  values  by  requiring  a  qualitative  assessment  to  identify  impairment;  (c)  eliminates  the 
requirement  to  disclose  the fair value  of financial  instruments  measured  at  amortized  cost  for  entities  that  are  not  public 
business  entities;  (d)  eliminates  the  requirement  for  public  business  entities  to  disclose  the  method(s)  and  significant 
assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized 
cost on the balance sheet; (e) requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of 
financial instruments for disclosure purposes; (f) requires an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the 
portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when 
the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments; 
(g) requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial 
asset (that is, securities or loans and receivables) on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements; 
and (h) clarifies that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-
for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. For public business entities, the amendments in 
this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal 
years. For all other entities including not-for-profit entities and employee benefit plans within the scope of Topics 960 through 
965 on plan accounting, the amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and 
interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. All entities that are not public business entities may 
adopt the amendments in this Update earlier as of the fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim 
periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of the standard will have on 
the Company’s financial position or results of operations.  

61 

  
  
  
 
 
2.  EARNINGS PER SHARE 

There  are  no  convertible  securities  that  would  affect  the  numerator  in  calculating  basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  share; 
therefore, net income as presented on the Consolidated Statement of Income will be used as the numerator. The following 
table sets forth the composition of the weighted-average common shares (denominator) used in the basic and diluted earnings 
per share computation for the year ended December 31. 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding  

2015 

2014 

2013 

2,251,365       

2,231,165       

2,206,392   

Average treasury stock shares 

(236,399)     

(189,530)     

(189,530) 

Weighted-average common shares and common stock 
equivalents used to calculate basic earnings per share 

Additional common stock equivalents used to calculate 

diluted earnings per share 

Weighted-average common shares and common stock 

equivalents used to calculate diluted earnings per share 

2,014,966       

2,041,635       

2,016,862   

9,154       

7,871       

7,178   

2,024,120       

2,049,506       

2,024,040   

Options to purchase 31,949 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $17.55 to $40.24 were outstanding during the 
year  ended  December  31,  2015.  Of  those  options,  27,250  were  considered  dilutive  based  on  the  average  market  price 
exceeding the strike price for the year ended December 31, 2015.  The remaining options had no dilutive effect on the earnings 
per share.  

Options to purchase 46,451 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $17.55 to $40.24 were outstanding during the 
year  ended  December  31,  2014.  Of  those  options,  28,282  were  considered  dilutive  based  on  the  average  market  price 
exceeding the strike price for the year ended December 31, 2014.  The remaining options had no dilutive effect on the earnings 
per share.  

Options to purchase 58,581 shares of common stock at prices ranging from $17.55 to $40.24 were outstanding during the 
year  ended  December  31,  2013.  Of  those  options,  39,808  were  considered  dilutive  based  on  the  average  market  price 
exceeding the strike price for the year ended December 31, 2013.  The remaining options had no dilutive effect on the earnings 
per share.  

3.  INVESTMENT SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE  

The amortized cost and fair values of securities available for sale are as follows:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands)   

U.S. government agency securities 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions: 

Taxable 
Tax-exempt 

Mortgage-backed securities in government-sponsored 

entities 

Private-label mortgage-backed securities 

Total debt securities 

Equity securities in financial institutions 

Total 

  $ 

December 31, 2015 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair 
Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

  $ 

21,655     $ 

245    $ 

(271)   $ 

21,629  

1,989       
91,940       

24,480       
2,079       
142,143       
750       
142,893     $ 

134       
3,402       

316       
184       
4,281       
64       
4,345    $ 

-      
(175)     

(272)     
-      
(718)     
-      
(718)   $ 

2,123   
95,167   

24,524   
2,263   
145,706   
814   
146,520  

62 

  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
      
        
        
  
    
  
      
        
        
  
    
  
      
        
        
  
    
  
      
        
        
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
(Dollar amounts in thousands)  

U.S. government agency securities 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions: 

Taxable 
Tax-exempt 

Mortgage-backed securities in government-sponsored 

entities 

Private-label mortgage-backed securities 

Total debt securities 

Equity securities in financial institutions 

Total 

  $ 

December 31, 2014 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair 
Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

  $ 

23,035    $ 

311     $ 

(450)   $ 

22,896  

2,953       
91,916       

29,150       
2,672       
149,726      
750       
150,476    $ 

226       
3,803       

475       
247       
5,062       
33       
5,095     $ 

-      
(553)     

3,179   
95,166   

(234)     
-      
(1,237)     
-      
(1,237)   $ 

29,391   
2,919   
153,551   
783   
154,334  

The  amortized  cost  and  fair  value  of  debt  securities  at  December  31,  2015,  by  contractual  maturity,  are  shown  below. 
Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations 
with or without call or prepayment penalties. 

(Dollar amounts in thousands)   

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
Value 

Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 

  $ 

1,139     $ 
10,790       
19,172       
111,042       

1,153   
10,890   
19,830   
113,833   

Total 

  $ 

142,143     $ 

145,706   

Investment securities with an approximate carrying value of $68.8 million and $61.9 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, 
respectively, were pledged to secure deposits and other purposes as required by law.  

Proceeds from the sales of securities available for sale and the gross realized gains and losses for the years ended December, 
31 are as follows (in thousands): 

2015 

2014 

2013 

Proceeds from sales 
Gross realized gains 
Gross realized losses 

  $ 

15,686    $ 
440      
(117)     

8,383     $ 
306       
(58)     

25,088   
186   
(175) 

63 

  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
  
    
    
    
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
 
 
The following tables show the Company’s gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and 
length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position. 

December 31, 2015 

   Less than Twelve Months      Twelve Months or Greater     

Total 

Fair 
Value 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair 
Value 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair 
Value 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

(Dollar amounts in thousands)  

U.S. government agency securities   $
Obligations of states and political 

3,818     $ 

(57)   $

10,872     $ 

(214)   $ 

14,690     $ 

(271) 

subdivisions 

Tax-exempt 

Mortgage-backed securities in 

government-sponsored entities 

Total 

1,268       

(9)     

9,394       

(166)     

10,662       

(175) 

8,725       
13,811     $ 

  $

(86)     
(152)   $

6,685       
26,951     $ 

(186)     
(566)   $ 

15,410       
40,762     $ 

(272) 
(718) 

December 31, 2014 

   Less than Twelve Months      Twelve Months or Greater     

Total 

Fair 
Value 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair 
Value 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair 
Value 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

(Dollar amounts in thousands)  

U.S. government agency securities   $
Obligations of states and political 

-    $ 

-    $

15,734     $ 

(450)   $ 

15,734     $ 

(450) 

subdivisions 

Tax-exempt 

Mortgage-backed securities in 

government-sponsored entities 

Total 

2,406       

(10)     

18,232       

(543)     

20,638       

(553) 

-      
2,406     $ 

  $

-      
(10)   $

16,774       
50,740     $ 

(234)     
(1,227)   $ 

16,774       
53,146     $ 

(234) 
(1,237) 

There were 46 securities that were considered temporarily impaired at December 31, 2015.  

On a quarterly basis, the Company performs an assessment to determine whether there have been any events or economic 
circumstances indicating that a security with an unrealized loss has suffered other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). A 
debt security is considered impaired if the fair value is less than its amortized cost basis at the reporting date. The accounting 
literature requires the Company to assess whether the unrealized loss is other than temporary. For equity securities where the 
fair value has been significantly below cost for one year, the Company’s policy is to recognize an impairment loss unless 
sufficient evidence is available that the decline is not other than temporary and a recovery period can be predicted. 

The Company has asserted that at December 31, 2015 and 2014, the declines outlined in the above table represent temporary 
declines  and  the  Company  does  not  intend  to  sell  and  does  not  believe  it  will  be  required  to  sell  these  securities  before 
recovery of their cost basis, which may be at maturity. The Company has concluded that any impairment of its investment 
securities portfolio outlined in the above table is not other than temporary and is the result of interest rate changes, sector 
credit rating changes, or company-specific rating changes that are not expected to result in the non-collection of principal 
and interest during the period. 

Debt  securities  issued  by  U.S.  government  agencies,  U.S.  government-sponsored  enterprises,  and  state  and  political 
subdivisions accounted for more than 97.9% of the total available-for-sale portfolio as of December 31, 2015, and no credit 
losses  are  expected,  given  the  explicit  and  implicit  guarantees  provided  by  the  U.S.  federal  government  and  the  lack  of 
significant unrealized loss positions within the obligations of state and political subdivisions security portfolio. The Company 
evaluates credit losses on a quarterly basis. The Company considered the following factors in determining whether a credit 
loss exists and the period over which the debt security is expected to recover:  

●  The length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis. 

64 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
   
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
●  Changes in the near term prospects of the underlying collateral of a security such as changes in default rates, loss 

severity given default and significant changes in prepayment assumptions. 

●  The level of cash flows generated from the underlying collateral supporting the principal and interest payments of

the debt securities. 

●  Any  adverse  change  to  the  credit  conditions  and  liquidity  of  the  issuer,  taking  into  consideration  the  latest
information  available  about  the  overall  financial  condition  of  the  issuer,  credit  ratings,  recent  legislation,  and
government actions affecting the issuer’s industry and actions taken by the issuer to deal with the present economic
climate. 

4.  LOANS AND RELATED ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  

Major classifications of loans at December 31 are summarized as follows (in thousands): 

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - mortgage: 

Residential 
Commercial 

Consumer installment 

Less allowance for loan and lease losses 

  $ 

2015 

2014 

42,536     $ 
22,137       

232,478       
231,701       
4,858       
533,710       
(6,385)     

34,928   
30,296   

210,096   
190,685   
4,579   
470,584   
(6,846 ) 

Net loans 

  $ 

527,325     $ 

463,738   

The Company’s primary business activity is with customers located within its local trade area, eastern Geauga County, and 
contiguous counties to the north, east, and south. The Company also serves the central Ohio market with offices in Dublin 
and Westerville, Ohio. Commercial, residential, consumer, and agricultural loans are granted. Although the Company has a 
diversified loan portfolio at December 31, 2015 and 2014, loans outstanding to individuals and businesses are dependent 
upon the local economic conditions in its immediate trade area.  

65 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
  
    
      
        
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
      
        
  
  
   
 
 
The following tables summarize the primary segments of the loan portfolio and the allowance for loan and lease losses as of 
December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands): 

Commercial 
and 

December 31, 2015  

industrial      

Real estate- 
construction      Residential     Commercial     

Consumer 
installment     

Total 

     Real Estate- Mortgage 

Loans: 
Individually evaluated for 

impairment 

Collectively evaluated for 

impairment 

Total loans 

  $ 

1,808     $ 

1,787    $

3,881     $ 

6,199     $ 

6     $

13,681   

40,728       
42,536     $ 

20,350      
22,137    $

225,502       
228,597       
232,478     $  231,701     $ 

4,852       
4,858     $

520,029   
533,710   

  $ 

Commercial 
and  

December 31, 2014  

industrial      

Real estate- 
construction      Residential     Commercial     

Consumer 
installment     

Total 

     Real estate- Mortgage 

Loans: 
Individually evaluated for 

impairment 

Collectively evaluated for 

impairment 

Total loans 

  $ 

1,393     $ 

3,296    $

5,183     $ 

4,490     $ 

6     $

14,368   

33,535       
34,928     $ 

27,000      
30,296    $

204,913       
186,195       
210,096     $  190,685     $ 

4,573       
4,579     $

456,216   
470,584   

  $ 

December 31, 2015

Commercial 
and 
industrial 

     Real estate- 
construction 

Residential 

Commercial 

     Consumer 
installment 

Total 

     Real Estate- Mortgage 

Allowance for loan and lease 

losses: 

Ending allowance balance 

attributable to loans: 
Individually evaluated for 

impairment 

Collectively evaluated for 

impairment 
Total ending allowance 

  $ 

388     $ 

130    $

276     $ 

39     $ 

-    $

833   

479       

146      

2,863       

2,039       

25       

5,552   

balance 

  $ 

867     $ 

276    $

3,139     $ 

2,078     $ 

25     $

6,385   

Commercial 
and  

December 31, 2014  

industrial      

Real estate- 
construction      Residential     Commercial     

Consumer 
installment     

Total 

     Real Estate- Mortgage 

Allowance for loan and lease 

losses: 

Ending allowance balance 

attributable to loans: 
Individually evaluated for 

impairment 

Collectively evaluated for 

impairment 
Total ending allowance 

  $ 

83     $ 

589    $

892     $ 

30     $ 

2     $

1,596   

559       

279      

2,811       

1,546       

55       

5,250   

balance 

  $ 

642     $ 

868    $

3,703     $ 

1,576     $ 

57     $

6,846   

66 

  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
  
  
The Company’s loan portfolio is segmented to a level that allows management to monitor risk and performance. The portfolio 
is segmented into Commercial and Industrial (“C&I”), Real Estate Construction, Real Estate - Mortgage which is further 
segmented into Residential and Commercial real estate, and Consumer Installment Loans. The C&I loan segment consists of 
loans  made  for  the  purpose  of  financing  the  activities  of  commercial  customers.  The  residential  mortgage  loan  segment 
consists of loans made for the purpose of financing the activities of residential homeowners. The commercial mortgage loan 
segment consists of loans made for the purpose of financing the activities of commercial real estate owners and operators. 
The consumer loan segment consists primarily of installment loans and overdraft lines of credit connected with customer 
deposit accounts. 

Management evaluates individual loans in all of the commercial segments for possible impairment if the loan is greater than 
$150,000 and if the loan either is in nonaccrual status, or is risk rated Substandard or Doubtful and is greater than 90 days 
past due. Loans are considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company 
will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the 
loan agreement. Factors considered by management in evaluating impairment include payment status, collateral value, and 
the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Management determines the significance 
of  payment  delays  and  payment  shortfalls  on  a  case-by-case  basis,  taking  into  consideration  all  of  the  circumstances 
surrounding  the  loan  and  the  borrower,  including  the  length  of  the delay,  the  reasons for  the  delay,  the  borrower’s prior 
payment  record,  and  the  amount  of  the  shortfall  in  relation  to  the  principal  and  interest  owed.  The  Company  does  not 
separately evaluate individual consumer and residential mortgage loans for impairment, unless such loans are part of a larger 
relationship that is impaired. 

Once  the  determination  has  been  made  that  a  loan  is  impaired,  the  determination  of  whether  a  specific  allocation  of  the 
allowance is necessary is measured by comparing the recorded investment in the loan to the fair value of the loan using one 
of three methods: (a) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate; (b) the 
loan’s observable market price; or (c) the fair value of the collateral less selling costs. The method is selected on a loan-by-
loan basis, with management primarily utilizing the fair value of collateral method. The evaluation of the need and amount 
of a specific allocation of the allowance and whether a loan can be removed from impairment status is made on a quarterly 
basis. The Company’s policy for recognizing interest income on impaired loans does not differ from its overall policy for 
interest recognition. 

67 

  
  
   
 
 
The following tables present impaired loans by class, segregated by those for which a specific allowance was required and 
those for which a specific allowance was not necessary (in thousands):  

December 31, 2015 
Impaired Loans 

Recorded 
Investment 

Unpaid Principal 
Balance  

Related 
Allowance 

With no related allowance recorded: 

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - mortgage: 

Residential 
Commercial 
Total 

With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - mortgage: 

Residential 
Commercial 

Consumer installment 

Total 

Total: 

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - mortgage: 

Residential 
Commercial 

Consumer installment 

Total 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

1,027     $ 
1,657       

2,445       
2,337       
7,466     $ 

781     $ 
130       

1,436       
3,862       
6       
6,215     $ 

1,808     $ 
1,787       

3,881       
6,199       
6       
13,681     $ 

1,025     $ 
1,651       

2,443       
2,335       
7,454     $ 

781     $ 
130       

1,436       
3,846       
6       
6,199     $ 

1,806     $ 
1,781       

3,879       
6,181       
6       
13,653     $ 

-   
-   

-   
-   
-   

388   
130   

276   
39   
-   
833   

388   
130   

276   
39   
-   
833   

68 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
      
        
        
  
    
      
        
        
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
    
      
        
        
  
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
    
      
        
        
  
    
    
    
   
 
 
December 31, 2014 
Impaired Loans  

Recorded 
Investment 

Unpaid Principal 
Balance  

Related 
Allowance 

With no related allowance recorded: 

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - mortgage: 

Residential 
Commercial 
Total 

With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - mortgage: 

Residential 
Commercial 

Consumer installment 

Total 

Total: 

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - mortgage: 

Residential 
Commercial 

Consumer installment 

Total 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

1,146     $ 
2,707       

2,202       
4,064       
10,119     $ 

247     $ 
589       

2,981       
426       
6       
4,249     $ 

1,393     $ 
3,296       

5,183       
4,490       
6       
14,368     $ 

1,145     $ 
2,705       

2,197       
4,060       
10,107     $ 

247     $ 
589       

2,978       
426       
6       
4,246     $ 

1,392     $ 
3,294       

5,175       
4,486       
6       
14,353     $ 

-  
-  

-  
-  
-  

83   
589   

892   
30   
2   
1,596   

83   
589   

892   
30   
2   
1,596   

The tables above include troubled debt restructuring totaling $3.1 million and $2.9 million as of December 31, 2015 and 
2014, respectively. 

The following table presents interest income by class, recognized on impaired loans (in thousands): 

   As of December 31, 2015      As of December 31, 2014      As of December 31, 2013   

Average 
Recorded 
Investment     

Interest 
Income 
Recognized     

Average 
Recorded  
Investment     

Interest  
Income  
Recognized     

Average 
Recorded 
Investment     

Interest  
Income  
Recognized   

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - mortgage: 

Residential 
Commercial 

Consumer installment 
Total  

  $ 

1,468     $ 
2,407       

100    $ 
115      

1,989     $ 
3,631       

4,356       
5,203       
6       
13,440     $ 

  $ 

160      
350      
-      
725    $ 

5,331       
5,998       
11       
16,960     $ 

85     $ 
154       

171       
229       
1       
640     $ 

2,187     $ 
3,743       

5,380       
6,500       
13       
17,824     $ 

119   
183   

293   
493   
1   
1,090   

69 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
    
      
        
        
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
    
      
        
        
  
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
    
      
        
        
  
    
    
    
   
   
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
  
 
 
Troubled Debt Restructuring (TDR) describes loans on which the bank has granted concessions for reasons related to the 
customer’s financial difficulties. Such concessions may include one or more of the following: 

● 
● 
● 
● 
● 

reduction in the interest rate to below market rates 
extension of repayment requirements beyond normal terms 
reduction of the principal amount owed 
reduction of accrued interest due 
acceptance of other assets in full or partial payment of a debt  

In each case the concession is made due to deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition, and the new terms are less 
stringent than those required on a new loan with similar risk. 

The  following  tables  present  the  number  of  loan  modifications  by  class,  the  corresponding  recorded  investment,  and  the 
subsequently defaulted modifications (in thousands): 

December 31, 2015 

Number of Contracts 

Term 

Modification      

Other 

Total 

Pre-

Post-

Modification      
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment  

Modification    
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment  

6 
1 
5 
1 

-       
-       
1       
-       

6     $ 
1       
6       
1       

434     $ 
181       
515       
270       

434   
181   
535   
270   

Troubled Debt 

Restructurings 
Commercial and 

industrial 

Real estate construction 
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 

Troubled Debt Restructurings subsequently defaulted 

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate construction 

December 31, 2015 

Number of  
Contracts 
2 
1 

    $ 

Recorded 
Investment 

14   
130   

December 31, 2014 

Number of Contracts 

Troubled Debt 

Restructurings  
Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 
Consumer 

Term  

Modification       
3 
1 
1 

Other 

Total 

-       
-       
-       

Pre-

Modification       
Outstanding 
Recorded  
Investment 

Post-
Modification     
Outstanding 
Recorded  
Investment 

3     $ 
1       
1       

140     $ 
48       
6       

140   
48   
6   

     Troubled Debt Restructurings subsequently defaulted 
          Residential real estate 

December 31, 2014 

Number of  
Contracts 
1 

Recorded 
Investment 

    $ 

15   

70 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
  
    
      
    
      
    
      
    
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
  
    
      
    
      
    
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
 
 
December 31, 2013 

Number of Contracts 

Term  

Modification      

Other 

Total 

Pre-

Post-

Modification      
Outstanding 
Recorded  
Investment 

Modification    
Outstanding 
Recorded  
Investment 

6 
7 
2 

1       
-       
-       

7     $ 
7       
2       

1,264     $ 
784       
834       

1,264   
784   
834   

Troubled Debt 

Restructurings 
Commercial and 

industrial 

Residential real estate 
Commercial real estate 

Troubled Debt Restructurings subsequently defaulted 

Commercial and industrial 
Commercial real estate 

December 31, 2013 

Number of  
Contracts 
5 
1 

    $ 

Recorded 
Investment 

574   
190   

Management uses a nine-point internal risk-rating system to monitor the credit quality of the overall loan portfolio. The first 
five categories are considered not criticized and are aggregated as Pass-rated. The criticized rating categories utilized by 
management generally follow bank regulatory definitions. The Special Mention category includes assets that are currently 
protected but are potentially weak, resulting in an undue and unwarranted credit risk, but not to the point of justifying a 
Substandard classification.  Loans in the Substandard category have well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation 
of the debt and have a distinct possibility that some loss will be sustained if the weaknesses are not corrected.  All loans 
greater than 90 days past due are considered Substandard.   Any portion of a loan that has been charged off is placed in the 
Loss category. 

To help ensure that risk ratings are accurate and reflect the present and future capacity of borrowers to repay a loan as agreed, 
the Company has a structured loan-rating process with several layers of internal and external oversight.  Generally, consumer 
and residential mortgage loans are included in the Pass categories unless a specific action, such as bankruptcy, repossession, 
or death, occurs to raise awareness of a possible credit event.  The Company’s Commercial Loan Officers are responsible for 
the timely and accurate risk rating of the loans in their portfolios at origination and on an ongoing basis with the Chief Credit 
Officer ultimately responsible for accurate and timely risk ratings.  The Credit Department performs an annual review of all 
commercial relationships $1,000,000 or greater.  Confirmation of the appropriate risk grade is included in the review on an 
ongoing basis.   The Company engages an external consultant to conduct loan reviews on a semiannual basis. Generally, the 
external  consultant  reviews  commercial  relationships  greater  than  $250,000  and/or  criticized  relationships  greater  than 
$125,000. Detailed reviews, including plans for resolution, are performed on loans classified as Substandard on a quarterly 
basis.  Loans in the Special Mention and Substandard categories that are collectively evaluated for impairment are given 
separate consideration in the determination of the allowance. 

The following tables present the classes of the loan portfolio summarized by the aggregate  Pass rating and the criticized 
categories of Special Mention, Substandard, and Doubtful within the internal risk rating system as of December 31, 2015 and 
2014 (in thousands): 

December 31, 2015   

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - mortgage: 

Residential 
Commercial 

Consumer installment 
Total 

Pass 

Special 
Mention 

    Substandard      Doubtful      

Total 
Loans 

  $ 

40,560    $ 
22,007      

242     $ 
-      

1,734     $ 
-      

-    $
130       

42,536   
22,137   

225,945      
219,331      
4,854      
  $  512,697    $ 

728       
4,327       
-      
5,297     $ 

5,805       
8,043       
4       
15,586     $ 

-      
-      
-      
130     $

232,478   
231,701   
4,858   
533,710   

71 

  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
  
    
      
    
      
    
      
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
      
   
  
   
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
    
      
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
 
 
 
December 31, 2014   

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - mortgage: 

Residential 
Commercial 

Consumer installment 
Total 

Pass 

Special 
Mention 

    Substandard      Doubtful      

Total 
Loans 

  $ 

33,160    $ 
29,212      

-    $ 
495       

1,730     $ 
-      

38     $
589       

34,928   
30,296   

200,928      
180,899      
4,572      
  $  448,759    $ 

584       
3,908       
-      
4,987     $ 

8,584       
5,878       
7       
16,211     $ 

-      
-      
-      
627     $

210,096   
190,685   
4,579   
470,584   

Management further monitors the performance and credit quality of the loan portfolio by analyzing the age of the portfolio 
as determined by the length of time a recorded payment is past due. The following tables present the classes of the loan 
portfolio summarized by the aging categories of loans and nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands): 

December 31, 2015 

30-59 Days 

60-89 Days 

   Current 

Past Due      

Past Due      

90 Days+ 
Past Due      

Total 

Past Due      

Total 
Loans 

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - mortgage: 

Residential 
Commercial 

Consumer installment 
Total 

  $ 

41,544    $ 
22,137      

225    $ 
-      

229,725      
230,903      
4,837      
  $  529,146    $ 

1,482      
189      
16      
1,912    $ 

26     $
-      

92       
-      
3       
121     $

741     $
-      

992     $
-      

42,536   
22,137   

1,179       
609       
2       
2,531     $

2,753       
798       
21       
4,564     $

232,478   
231,701   
4,858   
533,710   

December 31, 2014 

30-59 Days 

60-89 Days 

   Current 

Past Due      

Past Due      

90 Days+ 
Past Due      

Total 

Past Due      

Total 
Loans 

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - mortgage: 

Residential 
Commercial 

Consumer installment 
Total 

  $ 

34,480    $ 
30,296      

349    $ 
-      

205,753      
190,088      
4,547      
  $  465,164    $ 

2,065      
30      
27      
2,471    $ 

68     $
-      

363       
-      
3       
434     $

31     $
-      

448     $
-      

34,928  
30,296   

1,915       
567       
2       
2,515     $

4,343       
597       
32       
5,420     $

210,096  
190,685  
4,579   
470,584   

72 

  
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
    
      
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
   
 
 
The following tables present the classes of the loan portfolio summarized by nonaccrual loans and loans 90 days or more 
past due and still accruing as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands): 

December 31, 2015 

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - mortgage: 

Residential 
Commercial 

Consumer installment 
Total 

December 31, 2014 

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate - construction 
Real estate - mortgage: 

Residential 
Commercial 

Consumer installment 
Total 

90+ Days 
Past 
Due and 
Accruing  

-   
-   

-   
-   
2   
2   

90+ Days 
Past 
Due and 
Accruing  

-   
-   

165   
-   
-   
165   

   Nonaccrual        

  $ 

  $ 

1,450     $
130       

4,122       
1,842       
1       
7,545     $

Nonaccrual 

  $ 

  $ 

365     $
587       

5,310       
1,083       
2       
7,347     $

Interest income that would have been recorded had these loans not been placed on nonaccrual status was $259,000 in 2015, 
$207,000 in 2014, and $439,000 in 2013. 

An allowance for loan and lease losses (“ALLL”) is maintained to absorb losses from the loan portfolio.  The ALLL is based 
on  management’s  continuing  evaluation  of  the  risk  characteristics  and  credit  quality  of  the  loan  portfolio,  assessment  of 
current  economic  conditions,  diversification  and  size  of  the  portfolio,  adequacy  of  collateral,  past  and  anticipated  loss 
experience, and the amount of nonperforming loans. 

The Company’s methodology for determining the ALLL is based on the requirements of ASC Section 310-10-35 for loans 
individually  evaluated  for  impairment  (discussed  above)  and  ASC  Subtopic  450-20  for  loans  collectively  evaluated  for 
impairment,  as  well  as  the  Interagency  Policy  Statement  on  the  Allowance  for  Loan  and  Lease  Losses  and  other  bank 
regulatory guidance.   The total of the two components represents the Company’s ALLL. 

Loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment are analyzed, with general allowances being made as appropriate.  For 
general allowances, historical loss trends are used in the estimation of losses in the current portfolio.  These historical loss 
amounts are modified by other qualitative factors. 

The classes described above, which are based on the purpose code assigned to each loan, provide the starting point for the 
ALLL analysis.  Management tracks the historical net charge-off activity at the purpose code level.  A historical charge-off 
factor is calculated utilizing the last twelve consecutive quarters.  

Management has identified a number of additional qualitative factors which it uses to supplement the historical charge-off 
factor, because these factors are likely to cause estimated credit losses associated with the existing loan pools to differ from 
historical loss experience.  The additional factors that are evaluated quarterly and updated using information obtained from 
internal, regulatory, and governmental sources are: national and local economic trends and conditions; levels of and trends 
in  delinquency  rates  and  nonaccrual  loans;  trends  in  volumes  and  terms  of  loans;  effects  of  changes  in  lending  policies; 

73 

  
  
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
    
      
        
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
      
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
    
      
        
  
    
    
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
experience, ability, and depth of lending staff; value of underlying collateral; and concentrations of credit from a loan type, 
industry, and/or geographic standpoint. 

Management reviews the loan portfolio on a quarterly basis using a defined, consistently applied process in order to make 
appropriate and timely adjustments to the ALLL.  When information confirms all or part of specific loans to be uncollectible, 
these amounts are promptly charged off against the ALLL. 

The following tables summarize the primary segments of the loan portfolio (in thousands): 

Commercial 
and  
industrial 

     Real estate- 
construction 

Real estate- 
residential  
mortgage 

Real estate- 
commercial 
mortgage 

     Consumer 
installment 

Total 

ALLL balance at December 31, 

2014 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Provision 

  $ 

642     $ 
(280)     
207       
298       

868    $ 
(385)     
-      
(207)     

3,703     $ 
(425)     
186       
(325)     

1,576     $ 
(92)     
5       
589       

57     $
(15)     
23       
(40)     

6,846   
(1,197) 
421   
315   

ALLL balance at December 31, 

2015 

  $ 

867     $ 

276    $ 

3,139     $ 

2,078     $ 

25     $

6,385   

Commercial 
and 
industrial 

     Real estate- 
construction 

Real estate- 
residential 
mortgage 

Real estate- 
commercial 
mortgage 

     Consumer 
installment 

Total 

ALLL balance at December 31, 

2013 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Provision 

  $ 

614     $ 
(237)     
121       
144       

576    $ 
-      
60      
232      

3,664     $ 
(671)     
267       
443       

2,170     $ 
(260)     
40       
(374)     

22     $
(44)     
154       
(75)     

7,046   
(1,212) 
642   
370   

ALLL balance at December 31, 

2014 

  $ 

642     $ 

868    $ 

3,703     $ 

1,576     $ 

57     $

6,846   

Commercial 
and  

industrial      

Real estate- 
construction     

Real estate- 
residential 
mortgage      

Real estate- 
commercial 
mortgage      

Consumer 
installment     

Total 

ALLL balance at December 31, 

2012 
Charge-offs 
Recoveries 
Provision 

  $ 

1,732     $ 
(419)     
191       
(890)     

1,123    $ 
(191)     
33      
(389)     

2,872     $ 
(675)     
107       
1,360       

1,991     $ 
-      
46       
133       

61     $
(45)     
24       
(18)     

7,779   
(1,330) 
401   
196   

ALLL balance at December 31, 

2013 

  $ 

614     $ 

576    $ 

3,664     $ 

2,170     $ 

22     $

7,046   

The decrease in the ALLL balance for real estate construction was largely due to a $0.4 million charge off. The decrease in 
the ALLL balance for residential real estate was largely due to aggregate charge offs of $0.3 million of loans secured by first 
liens. The increase in the ALLL balance for commercial real estate is mostly due to the 21.5% growth in the portfolio. 

5.  OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED (“OREO”) 

OREO comprises foreclosed assets acquired in settlement of loans and is carried at fair value less estimated cost to sell and 
is included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, there were 
$1.4  million  and  $2.6  million,  respectively,  of  OREO.  As  of  December  31,  2015,  the  Company  has  initiated  formal 
foreclosure proceedings on $1.1 million of real estate. 

74 

  
   
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
   
  
 
  
 
 
6.  PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT  

Major classifications of premises and equipment at December 31:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands)  

2015 

2014 

Land and land improvements 
Building and leasehold improvements 
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization 

  $

1,943     $
11,414       
4,853       
18,210       
8,438       

1,943   
11,133   
4,637   
17,713   
7,733   

Total 

  $

9,772     $

9,980   

Depreciation and amortization charged to operations was $715,000 in 2015, $750,000 in 2014, and $676,000 in 2013. 

7.  GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Goodwill totaled $4,559,000 at the years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014. Core deposit intangible carrying amount was 
$76,000  and  $116,000  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2015,  and  2014.  Core  deposit  accumulated  amortization  was 
$320,000 and $280,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014.  

Core deposit intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated lives of ten years. Amortization 
expense totaled $40,000 in 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. The estimated aggregate future amortization expense for core 
deposit intangible assets as of December 31, 2015, is $40,000 in 2017 and $36,000 in 2018.  

8.  OTHER ASSETS  

The components of other assets at the years ended December 3:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

2015 

2014 

FHLB stock 
Accrued interest on investment securities 
Accrued interest on loans 
Deferred tax asset, net 
Other 

  $

1,887     $
1,010       
1,377       
959       
2,244       

1,887   
1,005   
1,090   
1,484   
1,579   

Total 

  $

7,477     $

7,045   

9.  DEPOSITS  

Time deposits at December 31, 2015, mature $92.9 million, $30.2 million, $11.0 million, $9.0 million, and $48.2 million 
during 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, and 2020, respectively. 

The aggregate of all time deposit accounts of $250,000 or more amounted to $29.0 million and $54.6 million at December 31, 
2015 and 2014, respectively. 

75 

  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
      
        
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
  
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
10.  SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS 

The  year  ended  December  31  outstanding  balances  and  related  information  of  short-term  borrowings,  which  includes 
securities sold under agreements to repurchase and short-term borrowings from other banks, are summarized as follows: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands)  

2015 

2014 

Balance at year-end 
Average balance outstanding 
Maximum month-end balance 
Weighted-average rate at year-end 
Weighted-average rate during the year 

 $

35,825    $
11,768      
35,825      
1.37%   
1.65%   

14,808  
8,379  
19,970  
0.98%
1.77%

Average balances outstanding during the year represent daily average balances, and average interest rates represent interest 
expense divided by the related average balance. 

The Company maintains a $4.0 million line of credit at an adjustable rate, currently 3.92%, a $3.0 million line of credit at an 
adjustable rate, currently at 4.00%, and a $2.5 million line of credit at an adjustable rate, currently 3.75%. At December 31, 
2015,  2014,  and  2013,  outstanding  borrowings  under  these  lines  were  $9.5  million,  $3.1  million,  and  $3.9  million, 
respectively.  

The following table provides additional detail regarding short-term borrowed funds. 

Repurchase Agreements (Sweep) 
Accounted for as Secured Borrowings 
(in thousands) 
Overnight and Continuous 
  December 31, 2015    December 31, 2014  

Repurchase agreements: 

U.S. Government agency securities  
  $ 
Mortgage-backed securities in government-sponsored entities     
  $ 

1,052     $ 
1,877       
2,929     $ 

1,090   
2,091   
3,181   

11.  OTHER BORROWINGS 

Other borrowings consist of advances from the FHLB and subordinated debt as follows: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Description 
Fixed-rate amortizing 
Junior subordinated debt 

Total 

to 

        2015         2014    
4.47%   $  1,691    $  2,376  
8,248  
8,248      
1.99       

      $  9,939    $  10,624  

Maturity range 
to 
from 

Weighted- 
average 
interest       

Stated interest 
rate range 

rate  

from 

 07/01/17      10/01/28       
 12/21/37      12/21/37       

4.02%     
1.95%     

2.99%     
1.90       

76 

  
   
 
    
  
  
     
        
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
       
  
      
  
  
  
      
    
     
     
  
    
        
        
         
         
         
        
  
    
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The scheduled maturities of other borrowings are as follows: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Year Ending December 31, 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
Beyond 2020 

Amount 

Weighted- 
Average Rate 

502      
373      
252      
155      
116      
8,542      

4.00% 
4.00% 
4.02% 
4.04% 
4.04% 
1.51% 

1.84% 

Total 

  $ 

9,939      

Fixed-rate amortizing advances from the FHLB require monthly principal and interest payments and an annual 20 percent 
paydown  of  outstanding  principal.  Monthly  principal  and  interest  payments  are  adjusted  after  each  20  percent  paydown. 
Under the terms of a blanket agreement, FHLB borrowings are secured by certain qualifying assets of the Company which 
consist principally of first mortgage loans or mortgage-backed securities. Under this credit arrangement, the Company has a 
remaining borrowing capacity of approximately $80.0 million at December 31, 2015. 

The  Company  formed  a  special  purpose  entity  (“Entity”)  to  issue  $8,000,000  of  floating  rate,  obligated  mandatorily 
redeemable securities, and $248,000 in common securities as part of a pooled offering. The rate adjusts quarterly, equal to 
LIBOR plus 1.67%. The Entity may redeem them, in whole or in part, at face value. The Company borrowed the proceeds of 
the issuance from the Entity in December 2006 in the form of an $8,248,000 note payable, which is included in the other 
borrowings on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

12.  OTHER LIABILITIES  

The components of other liabilities are as follows:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
Accrued interest payable 
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan 
Accrued salary expense 
Other 

2015 

2014 

  $

395     $
1,091       
689       
449       

315   
828   
609   
368   

Total 

  $

2,624     $

2,120   

13.  INCOME TAXES  

The provision for federal income taxes consists of:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands)  

2015 

2014 

2013 

Current payable 
Deferred 

Total provision 

1,004     $
558       

2,146     $
(154)     

1,562     $

1,992     $

1,556   
423   

1,979   

  $

  $

77 

  
      
        
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
    
    
    
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
   
  
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
  
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
 
 
The tax effects of deductible and taxable temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax 
assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands)  

2015 

2014 

Deferred tax assets: 

Allowance for loan and lease losses 
Supplemental retirement plan 
Investment security basis adjustment 
Nonaccrual interest income 
Deferred origination fees, net 
OREO adjustments 
Accrued compensation 
Other 

Gross deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Premises and equipment 
Net unrealized gain on securities 
FHLB stock dividends 
Intangibles 
Mortgage servicing rights 
Other 

Gross deferred tax liabilities 

  $ 

2,171     $
371       
66       
415       
12       
92       
234       
23       
3,384       

514       
1,233       
225       
401       
68       
44       
2,485       

2,328   
282   
66   
444   
295   
94   
207   
14   
3,730   

385   
1,311   
225   
353   
-  
77   
2,351   

Net deferred tax assets 

  $ 

899     $

1,379   

No valuation allowance was established at December 31, 2015 and 2014, in view of the Company’s ability to carry back to 
taxes paid in previous years and certain tax strategies, coupled with the anticipated future taxable income as evidenced by 
the Company's earnings potential.  

The reconciliation between the federal statutory rate and the Company’s effective consolidated income tax rate is as 
follows: 

(Dollar amounts in thousands)   

2015 

2014 

2013 

% of 
Pretax 
Income 

% of 
Pretax 
Income 

% of 
Pretax 
Income 

Amount 

Amount 

Amount 

Provision at statutory rate 
Tax-free income 
Nondeductible interest expense 
Other 

  $ 

2,866      
(1,347)     
34      
9      

34.0% $    
(15.9) 
0.4  
0.0  

3,119       
(1,187)     
37       
23       

34.0% $     
(12.9) 
0.4  
0.2  

3,062      
(1,138)     
45      
10      

34.0 %
(12.6 ) 
0.5   
0.1   

Actual tax expense and effective 

rate 

  $ 

1,562      

18.5% $    

1,992       

21.7 % $     

1,979      

22.0 %

ASC  740‐10  prescribes  a  recognition  threshold  and  a  measurement  attribute  for  the  financial  statement  recognition  and 
measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Benefits from tax positions should be recognized 
in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by 
the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the 
more‐likely‐than‐not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely 
of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more‐likely‐than‐not recognition 
threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously 
recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more‐likely‐than‐not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the 
first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. 

78 

  
  
    
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
  
At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits. The Company does not 
expect  the  total  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  to  significantly  increase  within  the  next  12  months.  The  Company 
recognizes interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. 

The Company and the Bank are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as an income tax in the state of Ohio, and the Bank 
is subject to a capital‐based franchise tax in the state of Ohio. The Company and the Bank are no longer subject to examination 
by taxing authorities for years before December 31, 2012. 

14.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS 

Retirement Plan 

The Bank maintains section 401(k) employee savings and investment plans for all full-time employees and officers of the 
Bank with more than one year of service. The Bank’s contributions to the plans are based on 50 percent matching of voluntary 
contributions up to 6 percent of compensation. An eligible employee can contribute up to 100 percent of salary. Employee 
contributions are vested at all times, and MBC contributions are fully vested after six years beginning at the second year in 
20 percent increments. Contributions for 2015, 2014, and 2013 to these plans amounted to $156,000, $143,000, and $155,000, 
respectively.  

Supplemental Retirement Plan 

Until  2001,  MBC  maintained  a  Directors’ Retirement  Plan  to provide postretirement  payments  over a  ten-year period  to 
members of the Board of Directors who had completed five or more years of service. The plan required payment of 25 percent 
of the final average annual board fees paid to a director in the three years preceding the director’s retirement.  

The following table illustrates the components of the projected payments for the Directors’ Retirement Plan for the years 
ended: 

2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 

Total 

Projected  
Payments 

29,000   
23,000   
18,000   
12,000   
10,000   
2,000   
94,000   

  $ 

  $ 

The retirement plan is available solely for nonemployee directors of The Middlefield Banking Company, but the Bank has 
not entered into any additional retirement arrangements for nonemployee directors since 2001. All director participants have 
retired.  

Executive Deferred Compensation Plan 

The  Company  maintains  an  Executive  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  (the  “Plan”)  to  provide  post-retirement  payments  to 
members of senior management. The Plan agreements are noncontributory, defined contribution arrangements that provide 
supplemental retirement income benefits to several officers, with contributions made solely by the Bank. During 2015, 2014, 
and 2013, the Company contributed $65,000, $115,000, and $120,000, respectively, to the Plan.  

Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan 

The  Company  maintains  a  stock  option  and  restricted  stock  plan  (“the  Plan”)  for  granting  incentive  stock  options, 
nonqualified stock options, and restricted stock to key officers and employees and nonemployee directors of the Company. 
A total of 160,000 shares of authorized and unissued or issued common stock were reserved for issuance under the Plan, 
which expires ten years from the date of stockholder ratification. The per share exercise price of an option granted will not 
be less than the fair value of a share of common stock on the date the option is granted.  

79 

  
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
    
    
    
    
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
The following table presents share data related to the outstanding options: 

Weighted- 
average 
Exercise 
Price 

2015 

2014 

Weighted- 
average 
Exercise 
Price 

Outstanding, January 1 
Expired 
Exercised 
Forfeited 

  $ 

46,451    $ 
(10,802)     
(2,175)     
(1,525)     

27.90     $
36.93       
21.31       
33.53       

58,581     $ 
-      
(11,223)     
(907)     

28.38   
-  
30.45   
27.35   

Outstanding, December 31 

  $ 

31,949    $ 

25.03     $

46,451     $ 

27.90   

Exercisable, December 31 

  $ 

31,949    $ 

25.03     $

46,451     $ 

27.90   

The following table summarizes the characteristics of stock options at December 31, 2015: 

Grant Date 

Exercise 
Price 

     Shares 

Outstanding 
Contractual 
Average 
Life 

Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Exercisable 

     Shares 

Average 
Exercise 
Price 

December 10, 2006 
May 16, 2007 
December 10, 2007 
January 2, 2008 
November 10, 2008 
May 9, 2011 

40.24       
37.48       
37.00       
36.25       
23.00       
17.55       

0.94  
1.37  
1.94  
2.00  
2.86  
5.35  

2,625      
1,337      
1,950      
1,337      
16,500      
8,200      

31,949      

40.24      
37.48      
37.00      
36.25      
23.00      
17.55      

2,625      
1,337      
1,950      
1,337      
16,500      
8,200      

31,949      

40.24   
37.48   
37.00   
36.25   
23.00   
17.55   

No options were granted for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. The Company recognizes compensation expense 
in the amount of fair value of the common stock at the grant date and as an addition to stockholders’ equity.  

15.  COMMITMENTS  

In the normal course of business, there are various outstanding commitments and certain contingent liabilities which are not 
reflected  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements.  These  commitments  and  contingent  liabilities  represent 
financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of 
involvement in particular types of financial instruments which were composed of the following:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands)  

2015 

2014 

Commitments to extend credit 
Standby letters of credit 

Total 

  $

  $

112,134     $ 
4,404       

97,947   
4,514   

116,538     $ 

102,461   

These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in 
the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company’s exposure to credit loss, in the event of nonperformance by the other parties 
to the financial instruments, is represented by the contractual amounts as disclosed. The Company minimizes its exposure to 
credit loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and review procedures and collateral requirements 
as deemed necessary. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates within one year of their origination. 

80 

   
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
   
  
  
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
      
    
      
    
      
    
      
    
      
    
      
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
    
        
       
       
   
  
 
  
  
   
  
    
  
  
      
        
  
    
  
      
        
  
  
  
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to 
a  third  party.  Performance  letters  of  credit  represent  conditional  commitments  issued  by  the  Company  to  guarantee  the 
performance of a customer to a third party. These instruments are issued primarily to support bid or performance-related 
contracts. The coverage period for these instruments is typically a one-year period with an annual renewal option subject to 
prior approval by management. Fees earned from the issuance of these letters are recognized over the coverage period. For 
secured letters of credit, the collateral is typically bank deposit instruments or customer business assets. 

Commitments to fund certain mortgage loans (interest rate locks) to be sold into the secondary market and forward contracts 
for  the  future  delivery  of  these  mortgage  loans  are  considered  derivatives.  It  is  the  Company’s  practice  to  enter  into  the 
forward contracts for the future purchase of mortgage-backed securities when interest rate lock commitments are entered into 
in order to economically hedge the effect of changes in interest rates resulting from its commitments to fund the loans. These 
mortgage banking derivatives are not formally designated as hedge relationships. The derivative assets and liabilities are 
considered immaterial as of December 31, 2015. Associated income and expense is reported in gains on sale of loans. 

Leasing Arrangements 

The Company leases certain of its banking facilities under operating leases which contain certain renewal options. As of 
December 31, 2015, approximate future minimum rental payments, including the renewal options under these leases, are as 
follows (in thousands): 

2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 

Thereafter 

$ 

$ 

285  
293  
294  
289  
301  
2,055  
3,517  

The above amounts represent minimum rentals not adjusted for possible future increases due to escalation provisions and 
assume that all renewal option periods will be exercised by the Company. Rent expense approximated $288,000, $269,000, 
and $301,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. 

16.  REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS  

The Company is subject to the regulatory requirements of the Federal Reserve System as a bank holding company. The bank 
is subject to regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the State of Ohio, Division of Financial 
Institutions.  

Since  the  establishment  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009  of  Middlefield  Banc  Corp.’s  nonbank-asset  resolution  subsidiary, 
EMORECO, Inc., the Bank has sold $5.8 million of nonperforming assets to this subsidiary.  

Cash Requirements 

The  Cleveland  district  Federal  Reserve  Bank  requires  the  Company  to  maintain  certain  average  reserve  balances.  As  of 
December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Bank had required reserves of $6.9 million and $6.8 million comprising vault cash and a 
depository amount held with the Federal Reserve Bank.  

Loans  

Federal  law  prevents  the  Company  from  borrowing  from  the  Bank  unless  the  loans  are  secured  by  specific  obligations. 
Further, such secured loans are limited in amount of 10 percent of the Bank’s common stock and capital surplus.  

Dividends  

MBC  is  subject  to  dividend  restrictions  that  generally  limit  the  amount  of  dividends  that  can  be  paid  by  an  Ohio  state-
chartered bank. Under the Ohio Banking Code, cash dividends may not exceed net profits as defined for that year combined 
with retained net profits for the two preceding years less any required transfers to surplus. Under this formula the amount 

81 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
available for payment of dividends for 2015 approximates $8.5 million plus 2016 profits retained up to the date of the dividend 
declaration. As a condition to the ODFI's approval of the merger of Emerald Bank into MBC, until the third anniversary of 
the merger, that is until January 20, 2017, MBC will have to obtain the ODFI's advance approval for dividend payments to 
the Company. 

17.  REGULATORY CAPITAL  

The Bank and Company are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by banking agencies. Capital adequacy 
guidelines  and  prompt  corrective-action  regulations  involve  quantitative  measures  of  assets,  liabilities,  and  certain  off-
balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to 
qualitative  judgments  by  regulators  about  components,  risk  weightings,  and  other  factors  and  the  regulators  can  lower 
classifications in certain cases. Failure to meet various capital requirements can initiate regulatory action that could have a 
direct material effect on the financial statements. Management believes as of December 31, 2015, the Bank and Company 
have met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.  

The  prompt  corrective  action  regulations  provide  five  classifications,  including  well  capitalized,  adequately  capitalized, 
under-capitalized,  significantly  undercapitalized,  and  critically  undercapitalized,  although  these  terms  are  not  used  to 
represent overall financial condition. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. 
If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and plans for capital restoration are 
required. 

The Basel III Capital Rules became effective for the Bank on January 1, 2015 and certain provisions are subject to a phase-
in period. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and be 
phased in over a four -year period (increasing by that amount on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 
1, 2019). The Basel III Capital Rules also provide for a “countercyclical capital buffer” that is applicable to only certain 
covered institutions and does not have any current applicability to the Bank. The capital conservation buffer is designed to 
absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of Common Equity Tier 1 capital to risk-
weighted assets above the minimum but below the conservation buffer (or below the combined capital conservation buffer 
and  countercyclical  capital  buffer,  when  the  latter  is  applied)  will  face  constraints  on  dividends,  equity  repurchases  and 
compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. 

The following tables present actual and required capital ratios as of December 31, 2015 under the Basel III Capital Rules. 
Capital levels required to be considered well capitalized are based upon prompt corrective action regulations, as amended to 
reflect the changes under the Basel III Capital Rules.  

As of December 31, 2015 

Tier 1 Risk  
Based 

Common 
Equity Tier 
1  

Total Risk  
Based 

Leverage 

The Middlefield Banking Company 
Middlefield Banc Corp. 
Adequately capitalized ratio 
Adequately capitalized ratio plus capital conservation 

buffer 

Well-capitalized ratio (Bank only) 

9.23%     
8.69%     
4.00%     

4.00%      
5.00%     

12.52%     
12.00%     
6.00%     

 8.50%      
8.00%     

12.52%     
12.00%     
4.50%     

13.73% 
13.20% 
8.00% 

 7.00%      
6.50%     

 10.50%  
10.00% 

See Note 15 for additional information concerning regulatory capital requirements 

82 

  
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
 
 
The Company’s and its subsidiary’s actual capital ratios are presented in the following table that shows that all regulatory 
capital requirements were met as of December 31, 2014.  

The Middlefield Banking Company 
Middlefield Banc Corp. 
Adequately capitalized ratio 
Well-capitalized ratio (Bank only) 

As of December 31, 2014 
Tier 1 Risk 
Based 

Total Risk  
Based  

Leverage 

9.25%     
9.60%     
4.00%     
5.00%     

12.95%    
13.38%    
4.00%    
6.00%    

14.19%
14.64%
8.00%
10.00%

18.  FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURE MEASUREMENTS  

The following disclosures show the hierarchal disclosure framework associated with the level of pricing observations utilized 
in  measuring  assets  and  liabilities  at  fair  value.  The  three  broad  levels  defined  by  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles are as follows: 

Level I: 

Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reported date. 

Level II: 

Pricing  inputs  are  other  than  the  quoted  prices  in  active  markets,  which  are  either  directly  or  indirectly
observable as of the reported date. The nature of these assets and liabilities includes items for which quoted
prices are available but traded less frequently and items that are fair-valued using other financial instruments,
the parameters of which can be directly observed. 

Level III: 

Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value 
drivers are unobservable. 

This hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. 

The following tables present the assets measured on a recurring basis on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at their fair value 
as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, by level within the fair value hierarchy. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in 
their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. 

December 31, 2015 

(Dollar amounts in thousands)  

Level I 

Level II 

Level III 

Total 

Assets measured on a recurring basis:  
U.S. government agency securities  
  $ 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions      
Mortgage-backed securities in government-

sponsored entities  

Private-label mortgage-backed securities  

Total debt securities  

Equity securities in financial institutions  

Total  

  $ 

-    $ 
-      

-      
-      
-      
-      
-    $ 

21,629     $ 
97,290       

24,524       
2,263       
145,706       
814       
146,520     $ 

-     $
-       

-       
-       
-       
-       
-     $

21,629   
97,290   

24,524   
2,263   
145,706   
814   
146,520   

83 

  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
    
  
    
      
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
December 31, 2014 

Level I  

Level II  

Level III  

Total  

Assets measured on a recurring basis:  
U.S. government agency securities  
  $ 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions      
Mortgage-backed securities in government-

sponsored entities  

Private-label mortgage-backed securities  

Total debt securities  

Equity securities in financial institutions  

Total  

  $ 

-     $
-       

-       
-       
-       
-       
-     $

22,896     $ 
98,345       

29,391       
2,919       
153,551       
783       
154,334     $ 

-     $
-       

-       
-       
-       
-       
-     $

22,896   
98,345   

29,391   
2,919   
153,551   
783   
154,334   

Financial instruments are considered Level III when their values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow 
methodologies or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable. In addition to 
these unobservable inputs, the valuation models for Level III financial instruments typically also rely on a number of inputs 
that  are  readily  observable  either  directly  or  indirectly.  Level  III  financial  instruments  also  include  those  for  which  the 
determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.  

The following tables present the assets measured on a non-recurring basis on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at their fair 
value by level within the fair value hierarchy. Impaired loans that are collateral dependent are written down to fair value 
through the establishment of specific reserves. Techniques used to value the collateral that secure the impaired loan include 
quoted market prices for identical assets classified as Level I inputs and observable inputs, employed by certified appraisers, 
for similar assets classified as Level II inputs. In cases where valuation techniques included inputs that are unobservable and 
are  based  on  estimates  and  assumptions  developed  by  management  based  on  the  best  information  available  under  each 
circumstance, the asset valuation is classified as Level III inputs. 

(Dollar amounts in thousands)  

Level I  

Level II  

Level III  

Total  

December 31, 2015 

Assets measured on a non-recurring basis:  

Impaired loans  
Other real estate owned 

Assets measured on a non-recurring basis:  

Impaired loans  
Other real estate owned 

  $ 

  $ 

-    $ 
-      

-    $
-      

12,848     $
1,412       

12,848   
1,412   

December 31, 2014 

Level I  

Level II  

Level III  

Total  

-    $ 
-      

-    $
-      

12,772     $
2,590       

12,772   
2,590   

84 

  
    
  
    
      
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
      
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
    
  
  
    
  
    
      
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
    
   
 
 
The following tables present additional quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring 
basis and for which the Company uses Level III inputs to determine fair value:  

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

December 31, 2015 
Impaired loans 

Other real estate owned 

  $ 

  $ 

Quantitative Information about Level III Fair Value Measurements 

Fair Value 
Estimate 

   Valuation Techniques 

   Unobservable Input 

Range 
(Weighted  
Average) 

6,867   Discounted cash flow 
5,981   Appraisal of collateral (1)    Appraisal adjustments (2)    0.0% to  87.1% (23.3%) 
1,412   Appraisal of collateral (1)    Appraisal adjustments (2)    0.0% to  10.0% (7.3%) 

  3.1% to  7.9%  (5.0%) 

  Discount rate 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

December 31, 2014 
Impaired loans 
Other real estate owned 

Quantitative Information about Level III Fair Value Measurements 

Fair Value 
Estimate  

   Valuation Techniques 

   Unobservable Input 

Range 
(Weighted  
Average) 

  $ 
  $ 

12,772  Appraisal of collateral (1)    Appraisal adjustments (2)     0% to  84.6% (25.5%)  
2,590  Appraisal of collateral (1)    Appraisal adjustments (2)     0% to  10.0%  (7.5%) 

(1)  Fair  value  is  generally  determined  through  independent  appraisals  of  the  underlying  collateral,  which  generally

include various level 3 inputs which are not identifiable. 

(2)  Appraisals  may  be  adjusted  by  management  for  qualitative  factors  such  as  economic  conditions  and  estimated
liquidation expenses. The range and weighted average of liquidation expenses and other appraisal adjustments are
presented as a percent of the appraisal. 

The estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments is as follows:  

Carrying 
Value 

December 31, 2015 

Level I 

Level II 
(in thousands) 

Level III 

Total 
Fair Value 

Financial assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Investment securities available for sale 
Loans held for sale 
Net loans 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock 
Accrued interest receivable 

  $

23,750    $ 
146,520      
1,107      
527,325      
13,141      
1,887      
2,387      

23,750     $
-      
-      
-      
13,141       
1,887       
2,387       

-    $
146,520       
1,107       
-      
-      
-      
-      

-    $
-      
-      
534,021       
-      
-      
-      

23,750   
146,520   
1,107   
534,021   
13,141   
1,887   
2,387   

Financial liabilities: 
Deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Other borrowings 
Accrued interest payable 

  $

624,447    $  433,226     $
35,825       
-      
395       

35,825      
9,939      
395      

-    $
-      

-      

191,747     $
-      
10,063       
-      

624,973   
35,825   
10,063   
395   

85 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
       
    
  
 
 
Carrying 
Value 

December 31, 2014 

Level I 

Level II 
(in thousands) 

Level III 

Total 
Fair Value 

Financial assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Investment securities available for sale 
Loans held for sale 
Net loans 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock 
Accrued interest receivable 

  $

25,639    $ 
154,334      
438      
463,738      
9,092      
1,887      
2,095      

25,639     $
-      
-      
-      
9,092       
1,887       
2,095       

-    $
154,334       
438       
-      
-      
-      
-      

-    $
-      
-      
475,019       
-      
-      
-      

25,639   
154,334   
438   
475,019   
9,092   
1,887   
2,095   

Financial liabilities: 
Deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Other borrowings 
Accrued interest payable 

  $

586,112    $  416,254     $
14,808       
-      
315       

14,808      
10,624      
315      

-    $
-      

-      

170,542     $
-      
10,822       
-      

586,796   
14,808   
10,822   
315   

Financial instruments are defined as cash, evidence of ownership interest in an entity, or a contract which creates an obligation 
or  right  to  receive  or  deliver  cash  or  another  financial  instrument  from/to  a  second  entity  on  potentially  favorable  or 
unfavorable terms.  

Fair value is defined as the amount at which a financial instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between 
willing parties other than in a forced liquidation sale. If a quoted market price is available for a financial instrument, the 
estimated fair value would be calculated based upon the market price per trading unit of the instrument.  

If no readily available market exists, the fair value estimates for financial instruments should be based upon management’s 
judgment regarding current economic conditions, interest rate risk, expected cash flows, future estimated losses, and other 
factors as determined through various option pricing formulas or simulation modeling. Since many of these assumptions 
result from judgments made by management based upon estimates which are inherently uncertain, the resulting estimated 
fair values may not be indicative of the amount realizable in the sale of a particular financial instrument. In addition, changes 
in assumptions on which the estimated fair values are based may have a significant impact on the resulting estimated fair 
values.  

As  certain  assets  such  as  deferred  tax  assets  and  premises  and  equipment  are  not  considered  financial  instruments,  the 
estimated fair value of financial instruments would not represent the full value of the Company.  

The  Company  employed  simulation  modeling  in  determining  the  estimated  fair  value  of  financial  instruments  for  which 
quoted market prices were not available based upon the following assumptions.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Federal Home Loan Bank Stock, Accrued Interest Receivable, Accrued Interest Payable, 
and Short-Term Borrowings 

The fair value is equal to the current carrying value.  

Bank-Owned Life Insurance 

The fair value is equal to the cash surrender value of the life insurance policies. 

Investment Securities Available for Sale 

The fair value of investment securities is equal to the available quoted market price.  If no quoted market price is available, 
fair value is estimated using the quoted market price for similar securities. 

86 

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
       
    
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Loans 

The fair value is estimated by discounting future cash flows using current market inputs at which loans with similar terms 
and qualities would be made to borrowers of similar credit quality. Where quoted market prices were available, primarily for 
certain residential mortgage loans, such market rates were utilized as estimates for fair value. 

Mortgage loans held for sale 

Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at their fair value. Mortgage loans held for sale are estimated using security prices 
for similar product types and, therefore, are classified in Level II. 

Deposits and Other Borrowed Funds 

The fair values of certificates of deposit and other borrowed funds are based on the discounted value of contractual cash 
flows. The discount rates are estimated using rates currently offered for similar instruments with similar remaining maturities. 
Demand, savings, and money market deposits are valued at the amount payable on demand as of year-end. 

Commitments to Extend Credit  

These financial instruments are generally not subject to sale, and estimated fair values are not readily available. The carrying 
value, represented by the net deferred fee arising from the unrecognized commitment or letter of credit, and the fair value, 
determined by discounting the remaining contractual fee over the term of the commitment using fees currently charged to 
enter into similar agreements with similar credit risk, are not considered material for disclosure. The contractual amounts of 
unfunded commitments and letters of credit are presented in Note 14.  

19.  ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

The following table presents the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component net of tax: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Balance as of December 31, 2014 

Other comprehensive income before reclassification 
Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income 

Period change 
Balance at December 31, 2015 

Unrealized gains 
on available-for-
sale securities (a)   
2,548   
60   
(213) 
(153) 
2,395   

  $ 

  $ 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Balance as of December 31, 2013 

Other comprehensive income before reclassification 
Amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income 

Period change 
Balance at December 31, 2014 

Unrealized gains 
on available for 
sale securities (a) 

  $ 

  $ 

(2,237) 
4,949   
(164) 
4,785   
2,548   

   (a)  All amounts are net of tax. Amounts in parentheses indicate debits. 

87 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
 
 
The following tables present significant amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive 
income (loss): 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Details about other comprehensive income 
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale 

securities 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Details about other comprehensive income 
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale 

securities 

Amount Reclassified from 
Accumulated Other 

   Comprehensive Income (a) 

December 31, 2015 

Affected Line Item in 
the Statement Where 
Net Income is 
Presented  

  $ 

  $ 

323    Investment securities gains, net 
(110)  Income taxes 
213    Net of tax 

Amount Reclassified from 
Accumulated Other 

   Comprehensive Income (a) 

December 31, 2014 

Affected Line Item in 
the Statement Where 
Net Income is 
Presented  

  $ 

  $ 

248    Investment securities gains, net 
(84)  Income taxes 
164    Net of tax 

(a)  Amounts in parentheses indicate debits to net income 

20.  PARENT COMPANY  

Following are condensed financial statements for the Company.  

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

ASSETS 

Cash and due from banks 
Investment securities available for sale 
Investment in nonbank subsidiary  
Investment in subsidiary bank 
Other assets 

TOTAL ASSETS 

LIABILITIES 

Trust preferred securities 
Short-term borrowings 
Other liabilities 

TOTAL LIABILITIES 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 

  $

  $

  $

December 31, 

2015 

2014 

1,329     $ 
814       
2,418       
73,061       
2,475       

466   
783   
2,534   
69,514   
1,981   

80,097     $ 

75,278   

8,248     $ 
9,499       
43       
17,790       

8,248   
3,136   
27   
11,411   

62,307       

63,867   

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 

  $

80,097     $ 

75,278   

88 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
     
  
  
    
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
     
  
  
    
  
   
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
  
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
    
    
    
  
      
        
  
    
  
      
        
  
  
  
 
 
CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

INCOME 

Dividends from subsidiary bank 
Other 

Total income 

EXPENSES 

Interest expense 
Other 

Total expenses 

Year Ended December 31, 
2014 

2015 

2013 

  $ 

4,023     $
19       
4,042       

290       
860       
1,150       

3,142     $
8       
3,150       

304       
816       
1,120       

2,198   
5   
2,203   

361   
475   
836   

Income before income tax benefit 

2,892       

2,030       

1,367   

Income tax benefit 

(386)     

(378 )     

(283 ) 

Income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries 

3,278       

2,408       

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries 

3,587       

4,772       

1,650   

5,378   

NET INCOME 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)  

  $ 

  $ 

6,865     $

7,180     $

7,028   

6,712     $

11,965     $

(600 ) 

89 

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
    
  
      
        
        
  
    
  
      
        
        
  
    
  
      
        
        
  
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
   
 
 
CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES 

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by 
operating activities: Equity in undistributed net income of 
Middlefield Banking Company 

Equity in undistributed net income of Emerald Bank 
Equity in undistributed net loss of EMORECO 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Other 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES 

Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings 
Purchase of treasury stock 
Common stock issued 
Stock options exercised 
Proceeds from dividend reinvestment plan 
Cash dividends 

Net cash used for financing activities 

Increase (decrease) in cash 

CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR 

Year Ended December 31, 
2014 

2015 

2013 

  $ 

6,865     $

7,180     $

7,028   

(3,703)     
-      
116       
18       
(503)     
2,793       

6,363       
(6,784)     
-      
(7)     
651       
(2,153)     
(1,930)     

863       

466       

(4,798 )     
-       
26       
10       
(409 )     
2,009       

(759 )     
-       
-       
(50 )     
590       
(2,121 )     
(2,340 )     

(4,884 ) 
(598 ) 
104   
-   
(253 ) 
1,397   

(976 ) 
-   
74   
(77 ) 
736   
(2,097 ) 
(2,340 ) 

(331 )     

(943 ) 

797       

1,740   

CASH AT END OF YEAR 

  $ 

1,329     $

466     $

797   

90 

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
    
  
      
        
        
  
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
 
 
21.  SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited) 

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Three Months Ended 

Total interest income 
Total interest expense 

Net interest income  
Provision for loan losses 

March 31, 
2015 

June 30, 
2015 

September 30, 
2015 

December 31, 
2015 

   $ 

7,035      $ 
883        

6,152        
105        

7,066      $ 
990        

6,076        
-       

7,151      $ 
959        

6,192        
105        

7,343   
988   

6,355   
105   

Net interest income after provision for loan losses 

6,047        

6,076        

6,087        

6,250   

Total noninterest income 
Total noninterest expense 

Income before income taxes 
Income taxes 

Net income 

Per share data: 
Net income 
Basic 
Diluted 

Average shares outstanding: 

Basic 
Diluted 

796        
4,811        

2,032        
404        

962        
5,217        

1,821        
316        

1,108        
4,669        

2,526        
544        

1,178   
5,380   

2,048   
298   

   $ 

1,628      $ 

1,505      $ 

1,982      $ 

1,750   

   $ 

0.79      $ 
0.78        

0.73      $ 
0.73        

0.96      $ 
0.96        

0.93   
0.92   

2,053,660       
2,062,867       

2,058,986        
2,068,313        

2,064,054        
2,072,639        

1,884,484   
1,893,345   

(Dollar amounts in thousands) 

Three Months Ended 

Total interest income 
Total interest expense 

Net interest income  
Provision for loan losses 

March 31, 
2014 

June 30, 
2014 

September 30, 
2014 

December 31, 
2014 

   $ 

6,989      $ 
1,033        

5,956        
180        

6,919      $ 
1,033        

5,886        
120        

6,911      $ 
999        

5,912        
70        

7,055   
1,005   

6,050   
-  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses 

5,776        

5,766        

5,842        

6,050   

Total noninterest income 
Total noninterest expense 

Income before income taxes 
Income taxes 

Net income 

Per share data: 
Net income 
Basic 
Diluted 

Average shares outstanding: 

Basic 
Diluted 

715        
4,229        

2,262        
499        

857        
4,598        

2,025        
414        

990        
4,385        

2,447        
529        

1,026   
4,638   

2,438   
550   

   $ 

1,763      $ 

1,611      $ 

1,918      $ 

1,888   

   $ 

0.87      $ 
0.86        

0.79      $ 
0.79        

0.94      $ 
0.93        

0.92   
0.92   

2,033,480       
2,039,515       

2,038,026        
2,044,564        

2,044,124        
2,052,012        

2,049,536   
2,059,561   

91 

  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
        
          
          
          
  
     
  
        
          
          
          
  
     
     
  
        
          
          
          
  
     
  
        
          
          
          
  
     
     
  
        
          
          
          
  
     
     
  
        
          
          
          
  
  
        
          
          
          
  
        
          
          
          
  
        
          
          
          
  
     
        
          
          
          
  
     
     
  
   
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
        
          
          
          
  
     
  
        
          
          
          
  
     
     
  
        
          
          
          
  
     
  
        
          
          
          
  
     
     
  
        
          
          
          
  
     
     
  
        
          
          
          
  
  
        
          
          
          
  
        
          
          
          
  
        
          
          
          
  
     
        
          
          
          
  
     
     
  
  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  

This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes to the 
financial statements.  

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of the Annual Report contains forward-looking statements. Forward-
looking statements are based upon a variety of estimates and assumptions. The estimates and assumptions involve judgments 
about  a  number  of  things,  including  future  economic,  competitive,  and  financial  market  conditions  and  future  business 
decisions. These matters are inherently subject to significant business, economic, and competitive uncertainties, all of which 
are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond the Company's control. Although the Company believes its estimates 
and  assumptions  are  reasonable,  actual  results  could  vary  materially  from  those  shown.  Inclusion  of  forward-looking 
information  does  not  constitute  a  representation  by  the  Company  or  any  other  person  that  the  indicated  results  will  be 
achieved. Investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking information.  

These forward-looking statements may involve significant risks and uncertainties. Although the Company believes that the 
expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results may differ materially from the results 
in these forward-looking statements.  

Significant Factors Affecting Financial Results 

Capital maintenance is a priority. The Company’s Tier 1 leverage capital was 8.69% as of December 31, 2015, with total 
risk-based capital of 13.20%. MBC’s Tier 1 leverage capital was 9.23% as of December 31, 2015, with total risk-based capital 
of 13.73%. In 2015 MBC grew the balance sheet as a result of increasing loan volume. We also benefitted from strong income 
and stockholders’ equity experienced growth. The goal of the elevated capital levels is to account for potential economic 
stress in the markets in which the Company operates and to account for the levels of substandard and other nonperforming 
assets. 

Longer-term  prospects  for  growth.  Continued  reduction  of  nonperforming  assets  continues  to  be  a  higher  priority  than 
growth. The Company does not anticipate significant deposit growth. An increase in loan demand and the availability of 
high-quality lending opportunities continues to be the driver of growth potential and depends on a broad range of economic 
factors in the markets in which the Company operates, including the condition of real estate markets in northeastern Ohio 
and in central Ohio. 

Nonperforming and classified assets held by the banking industry have decreased from previous elevated levels. Because of 
ncertainty about economic sustainability and the potential for other factors to have an adverse impact on the prospects for the 
banking industry, such as national and global economic and political factors, the bank regulatory agencies have insisted that 
banks increase the size of the buffer that protects a bank from unknown potential adverse events and circumstances: regulatory 
capital. 

The total number of banks and savings associations as of the end of 2015 is less than half the number at the end of 1990. 
Nevertheless, a large percentage of the institutions that remain are small, community-oriented institutions, although the share 
of total banking assets that they control continues to decline. As an increasing share of the banking universe is occupied by 
the largest institutions, and taking into account economic, demographic, and technological changes and a greatly expanding 
regulatory  burden,  the  future  of  banking  favors  larger  institutions.  We  believe  these  factors  create  a  strong  incentive  for 
growth  through  industry  consolidation,  meaning  acquisition  of  smaller  institutions  by  larger  institutions  and  mergers  of 
smaller  institutions  as  a  defense  to  competitive  pressure  from  larger  institutions.  We  therefore  believe  that  industry 
consolidation is likely to continue and that the pace of consolidation could actually accelerate. 

The trend toward consolidation would be most advantageous for financial institution organizations that have a surplus of 
capital, a strategy for growth, a strong financial profile, and few if any regulatory supervisory concerns, the ingredients of 
prompt regulatory approval that could be a significant competitive advantage in the market for financial institution mergers 
and acquisitions. Our goal is to acquire that advantage, although we give no assurance that our efforts to do so will succeed. 
We continue to commit significant resources to increase operational effectiveness in The Middlefield Banking Company. We 
continue to invest resources both to resolve existing nonperforming and substandard assets and to prevent growth in those 
asset classes. 

Although we are not currently exploring acquisition opportunities, we are seeking to make Middlefield Banc Corp. eligible 
to grow by acquisition if a suitable opportunity arises. We give no assurance that a suitable acquisition opportunity will arise. 

92 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
Critical Accounting Policies 

Allowance for loan and lease losses. Arriving at an appropriate level of allowance for loan and lease losses involves a high 
degree of judgment. The Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses provides for probable losses based upon evaluations 
of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio.  

Management uses historical information to assess the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses as well as the 
prevailing business environment, which is affected by changing economic conditions and various external factors and which 
may  impact  the  portfolio  in  ways  currently  unforeseen.  The  allowance  is  increased  by  provisions  for  loan  losses  and  by 
recoveries  of  loans  previously  charged-off  and  reduced  by  loans  charged-off.  For  a  full  discussion  of  the  Company’s 
methodology of assessing the adequacy of the reserve for loan losses, refer to Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements” of this Annual Report.  

Valuation of Securities. Securities are classified as held to maturity or available for sale on the date of purchase. Only those 
securities classified as held to maturity are reported at amortized cost. Available-for-sale and trading securities are reported 
at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of related deferred 
income taxes, on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The majority of all of the Company’s securities are valued based on prices 
compiled by third party vendors using observable market data. However, certain securities are less actively traded and do not 
always have quoted market prices. The determination of their fair value, therefore, requires judgment, as this determination 
may  require  benchmarking  to  similar  instruments  or  analyzing  default  and  recovery  rates.  Examples  include  certain 
collateralized mortgage and debt obligations and high-yield debt securities. Realized securities gains or losses are reported 
within  noninterest  income  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Income.  The  cost  of  securities  sold  is  based  on  the  specific 
identification method.  

Management  evaluates  securities  for  other-than-temporary  impairment  (“OTTI”)  at  least  on  a  quarterly  basis,  and  more 
frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. Investment securities are generally evaluated for 
OTTI under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 320, Investments 
— Debt and Equity Securities. Consideration is given to the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been 
less  than  cost,  the  financial  condition  and  near-term  prospects  of  the  issuer,  whether  the  market  decline  was  affected  by 
macroeconomic conditions and whether the Company has the intent to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be 
required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. In analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, the Company 
may consider whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, or U.S. government-sponsored 
enterprises, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, and the results of reviews of the issuer’s financial 
condition.  The  assessment  of  whether  an  other-than-temporary  decline  exists  involves  a  high  degree  of  subjectivity  and 
judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time. 

When OTTI occurs, the amount of the OTTI recognized in earnings depends on whether an entity intends to sell the security 
or it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If an entity 
intends to sell or it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, 
the OTTI shall be recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its 
fair value at the balance sheet date. The previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings becomes the new 
amortized  cost  basis  of  the  investment.  For  debt  securities  that  do  not  meet  the  aforementioned  criteria,  the  amount  of 
impairment is split into two components as follows: 1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income 
statement and 2) OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income or loss. The credit loss is 
defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. 
For equity securities, the entire amount of impairment is recognized through earnings. 

Debt  securities  issued  by  U.S.  government  agencies,  U.S.  government-sponsored  enterprises,  and  state  and  political 
subdivisions accounted for more than 97.9% of the total available-for-sale portfolio as of December 31, 2015, and no credit 
losses  are  expected,  given  the  explicit  and  implicit  guarantees  provided  by  the  U.S.  federal  government  and  the  lack  of 
significant unrealized loss positions within the obligations of state and political subdivisions security portfolio. The Company 
considered the following factors in determining whether a credit loss exists and the period over which the debt security is 
expected to recover:  

●  The length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis.  
●  Changes in the near term prospects of the underlying collateral of a security such as changes in default rates, loss

severity given default and significant changes in prepayment assumptions.  

●  The level of cash flows generated from the underlying collateral supporting the principal and interest payments of

the debt securities.  

93 

  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
●  Any  adverse  change  to  the  credit  conditions  and  liquidity  of  the  issuer,  taking  into  consideration  the  latest
information  available  about  the  overall  financial  condition  of  the  issuer,  credit  ratings,  recent  legislation  and
government actions affecting the issuer’s industry and actions taken by the issuer to deal with the present economic
climate.  

Refer to Note 3 in the consolidated financial statements. 

Income Taxes 

The Company estimates income tax expense based on amounts expected to be owed to the various tax jurisdictions in which 
the Company conducts business. On a quarterly basis, management assesses the reasonableness of the Company’s effective 
tax  rate  based  upon  management’s  current  estimate  of  the  amount  and  components  of  net  income,  tax  credits  and  the 
applicable statutory tax rates expected for the full year. The estimated income tax expense is recorded in the Consolidated 
Statement of Income. 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the balance sheet method and are reported in accrued taxes, 
interest and expenses in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on 
the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities and recognizes enacted changes in 
tax rates and laws. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent they exist and are subject to a valuation allowance based 
on management’s judgment that realization is more likely than not. 

Accrued taxes represent the net estimated amount due to taxing jurisdictions and are reported in accrued taxes, interest and 
expenses  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet.  The  Company  evaluates  and  assesses  the  relative  risks  and  appropriate  tax 
treatment of transactions and filing positions after considering statutes, regulations, judicial precedent and other information 
and maintains tax accruals consistent with management’s evaluation of these relative risks and merits. Changes to the estimate 
of accrued taxes occur periodically due to changes in tax rates, interpretations of tax laws, the status of examinations being 
conducted by taxing authorities and changes to statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance that impact the relative risks of tax 
positions. These changes, when they occur, can affect deferred taxes and accrued taxes as well as the current period’s income 
tax expense and can be significant to the operating results of the Company. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired in connection with business acquisitions 
accounted  for  as  purchases.  Other  intangible  assets  consist  of  branch  acquisition  core  deposit  premiums.  Initially,  an 
assessment of qualitative factors (Step 0) is performed to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads 
to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.  If, after 
assessing the totality of events or circumstances, we determine it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting 
unit is less than its carrying value, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary.  However, if we conclude 
otherwise, then we are required to perform the first step (Step 1) of the two-step impairment test by calculating the fair value 
of the reporting unit and comparing the fair value with the carrying amount of the reporting unit.  If the fair value is less than 
the carrying value, an expense may be required on our books to write down the goodwill to the proper carrying value.  Step 
2 of impairment testing, which is necessary only if Step 1 fails, compares the implied fair value of the goodwill with the 
carrying amount of the goodwill.  

The  Company  must  assess  goodwill  and  other  intangible assets  each  year  for  impairment.  The gross  carrying  amount of 
goodwill and intangible assets is tested for impairment in the fourth quarter, after the annual forecasting process. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

The disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments is based on available market prices or management’s estimates of the 
fair value of such instruments.  

Management consults with a third party for available market prices as well as performs calculations of the present value of 
contractual cash flows discounted at current comparative market inputs. Prepayment estimates are utilized when appropriate. 

94 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
Changes in Financial Condition  

General The Company’s total assets increased $57.6 million or 8.5% to $735.1 million at December 31, 2015 from $677.5 
million at December 31, 2014. This was due to an increase in net loans of $63.6 million, which was partially offset by a 
decrease in investments of $7.8 million.  

The increase in the Company’s total assets reflects a related increase in total liabilities of $59.2 million or 9.6% to a total 
balance of $672.8 million at December 31, 2015 from $613.7 million at December 31, 2014. The Company experienced a 
decrease in total stockholders’ equity of $1.6 million.  

The increase in total liabilities was due to growth in deposits and short-term borrowings for the year. Total deposits increased 
$38.3 million or 6.5% to $624.4 million at December 31, 2015 from $586.1 million as of December 31, 2014. Short-term 
borrowings increased $21.0 million or 141.9% to $35.8 million at December 31, 2015 from $14.8 million as of December 
31, 2014. The net decrease in total stockholders’ equity can be attributed to a $6.8 million increase in treasury stock, partially 
offset by an increase in retained earnings and common stock of $4.7 million and of $0.7 million, respectively.  

Cash on hand and Federal funds sold Cash and due from banks and federal funds sold represent cash and cash equivalents 
which decreased $1.9 million or 7.4% to $23.7 million at December 31, 2015 from $25.6 million at December 31, 2014. 
Deposits from customers into savings and checking accounts, loan and security repayments and proceeds from borrowed 
funds  typically  increase  these  accounts.  Decreases  result  from  customer  withdrawals,  new  loan  originations,  security 
purchases and repayments of borrowed funds.  

Securities Management's objective in structuring the portfolio is to maintain a prudent level of liquidity while providing an 
acceptable rate of return without sacrificing asset quality. Maturing securities have historically provided sufficient liquidity. 
The balance of total securities decreased $7.8 million, or 5.1%, as compared to 2014, with the ratio of securities to total assets 
decreasing to 19.9% at December 31, 2015, compared to 22.8% at December 31, 2014.  

The Company benefits from owning mortgage-backed securities, which totaled $26.6 million or 18.6% of the Company's 
total investment portfolio at December 31, 2015. The primary difference of mortgage-backed securities is the amortization 
of principal  as  compared  to other  types of investment  securities, which deliver proceeds upon  maturity  or  call  date.  The 
weighted-average federal tax equivalent (FTE) yield on all debt securities at year-end 2015 was 4.11%, as compared to 4.18% 
at year-end 2014. While the Company's focus is to generate interest revenue primarily through loan growth, management 
will continue to invest excess funds in securities when opportunities arise. 

Loans  receivable  The  loans  receivable  category  consists  primarily  of  single-family  mortgage  loans  used  to  purchase  or 
refinance personal residences located within the Company’s market area and commercial real estate loans used to finance 
properties that are used in the borrowers’ businesses or to finance investor-owned rental properties and commercial loans to 
finance the business operations and to a lesser extent construction and consumer loans. Net loans receivable increased $63.6 
million or 13.7% to $527.3 million at December 31, 2015 from $463.7 million at December 31, 2014. Included in this growth 
were increases in real estate mortgages and C&I loans of $63.4 million and $7.6 million, respectively, but partially offset by 
an $8.2 million decrease in real estate construction loans.  

The product mix in the loan portfolio is commercial and industrial loans equaling 8.0%, construction loans 4.1%, residential 
real estate loans 43.6%, commercial real estate loans 43.4% and consumer loans 0.9% at December 31, 2015 compared with 
7.4%, 6.4%, 44.6%, 40.5% and 1.0%, respectively, at December 31, 2014. 

Loans contributed 83.3% of total interest income in 2015 and 81.5% in 2014. The loan portfolio yield of 4.81% in 2015 was 
30 basis points higher than the average yield for total interest-earning assets. Management recognizes that while the loan 
portfolio  holds  some  of  the  Company’s  highest  yielding  assets,  it  is  inherently  the  most  risky  portfolio.  Accordingly, 
management attempts to balance credit risk versus return with conservative credit standards. Management has developed and 
maintains  comprehensive  underwriting  guidelines  and  a  loan  review  function  that  monitors  credits  during  and  after  the 
approval  process.  Management  follows  additional  procedures  to  obtain  current  borrower  financial  information  annually 
throughout the life of the loan obligation. 

To minimize risks associated with changes in the borrower’s future repayment capacity, the Company generally requires 
scheduled periodic principal and interest payments on all types of loans and normally requires collateral. 

95 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The Company will continue to monitor the size of its loan portfolio growth. The Company's lending markets have rebounded 
from the suppressed levels of loan originations in previous years. The Company anticipates total loan growth to be steady, 
with  volume  to  continue  at  a  moderate  pace.  The  Company  remains  committed  to  sound  underwriting  practices  without 
sacrificing asset quality and avoiding exposure to unnecessary risk that could weaken the credit quality of the portfolio. 

FHLB stock. FHLB stock remained unchanged at $1.9 million at December 31, 2015 when compared to the prior year. 

Goodwill. Goodwill results from prior business acquisitions and represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair 
value  of  acquired  tangible  assets  and  liabilities  and  identifiable  intangible  assets.  Goodwill  is  assessed  annually  for 
impairment and any such impairment is recognized in the period identified by a charge to earnings. Goodwill is the excess 
of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired in connection with business acquisitions accounted for as 
purchases. Other intangible assets consist of branch acquisition core deposit premiums. Initially, an assessment of qualitative 
factors (Step 0) is performed to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is 
more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.  If, after assessing the totality of 
events or circumstances, we determine it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its 
carrying value, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary.  However, if we conclude otherwise, then we 
are required to perform the first step (Step 1) of the two-step impairment test by calculating the fair value of the reporting 
unit and comparing the fair value with the carrying amount of the reporting unit.  If the fair value is less than the carrying 
value, an expense may be required on our books to write down the goodwill to the proper carrying value.  Step 2 of impairment 
testing, which is necessary only if Step 1 fails, compares the implied fair value of the goodwill with the carrying amount of 
the goodwill.  

The process of evaluating goodwill for impairment requires management to make significant estimates and judgments. The 
use of different estimates, judgments or approaches to estimate fair value could result in a different conclusion regarding 
impairment of goodwill. Based on the analysis, management has determined that there is no goodwill impairment. 

The Company values core deposits and monitors the ongoing value of core deposit intangibles and goodwill on an annual 
basis. Goodwill balances were unchanged in 2015.  

Bank owned life insurance. Bank owned life insurance (BOLI) is universal life insurance, purchased by the Company, on 
the lives of the Company’s officers. The beneficial aspects of these universal life insurance policies are tax-free earnings and 
a tax-free death benefit, which are realized by the Company as the owner of the policies. BOLI increased by $4.0 million to 
$13.1 million as of December 31, 2015 from $9.1 million at the end of 2014 as a result of the additional insurance purchases 
and increases in cash surrender value.  

Deposits.  Interest-earning  assets  are  funded  generally  by  both  interest-bearing  and  noninterest-bearing  core  deposits. 
Deposits are influenced by changes in interest rates, economic conditions and competition from other banks. The Company 
considers various sources when evaluating funding needs, including but not limited to deposits, which represented 93.2% of 
the Company’s total funding sources at December 31, 2015. The deposit base consists of demand deposits, savings, money 
market accounts and time deposits. Total deposits increased $38.3 million or 6.5% to $624.4 million at December 31, 2015 
from $586.1 million at December 31, 2014. 

Savings and time deposits are the largest sources of funding for the Company's earning assets, making up a combined 59.6% 
of total deposits. During 2015, time deposits increased $21.4 million, or 12.6% while savings increased $2.2 million, or 1.2%, 
from year-end 2014. The time deposit increase is primarily due to growth in out-of-market time deposits. 

Demand  deposit  balances  increased  in  2015  by  $11.8  million,  or  7.3%,  to  finish  at  $173.7  million  at  year-end  2015  as 
compared to $161.9 million at year-end 2014. The Company will continue to experience increased competition for deposits 
in its market areas, which could challenge net growth in its deposit balances. The Company will continue to evaluate its 
deposit portfolio mix to properly employ both retail and wholesale funds to support earning assets and minimize interest 
costs. 

Borrowed funds. The Company uses short and long-term borrowings as another source of funding to benefit asset growth 
and liquidity needs. These borrowings primarily include FHLB advances, junior subordinated debt, lines of credit from other 
banks and repurchase agreement borrowings. Borrowed funds increased $20.4 million or 79.9% to $45.8 million at December 
31, 2015 from $25.4 million at December 31, 2014. Short-term borrowings increased $21.0 million in order to fund loan 
growth and purchase treasury shares.  

96 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Stockholders’ equity. The Company maintains a capital level that exceeds regulatory requirements as a margin of safety for 
its depositors and shareholders. All of the capital ratios exceeded the regulatory well-capitalized guidelines.  

Stockholders’ equity totaled $62.3 million at December 31, 2015, compared to $63.9 million at December 31, 2014, which 
represents a decrease of 2.4%. Treasury stock increased $6.8 million, or 100.7%, from $6.7 million at December 31, 2014. 
Retained earnings increased $4.7 million resulting from net income, less cash dividends paid of $2.2 million, or $1.07 per 
share, year-to-date. Common stock increased $0.7 million or 1.9% to $36.2 million at December 31, 2015 from $35.5 million 
at  December  31,  2014.  The  Company  maintains  a  dividend  reinvestment  and  stock  purchase  plan.  The  plan  allows 
shareholders to purchase additional shares of Company stock. A benefit of the plan is to permit the shareholders to reinvest 
cash dividends as well as make supplemental purchases without the usual payment of brokerage commissions. During 2015, 
shareholders invested $0.7 million through the dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan. These proceeds resulted in 
the issuance of 20,393 new shares at an average price of $32.17. 

Average  Balance  Sheet  and  Yield/Rate Analysis.  The  following  table  sets  forth,  for  the periods  indicated,  information 
concerning the total dollar amounts of interest income from interest-earning assets and the resultant average yields, the total 
dollar amounts of interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities and the resultant average costs, net interest income, interest 
rate spread and the net interest margin earned on average interest-earning assets. For purposes of this table, average balances 
are calculated using monthly averages and the average loan balances include nonaccrual loans and exclude the allowance for 
loan and lease losses, and interest income includes accretion of net deferred loan fees. Yields on tax-exempt securities (tax-
exempt for federal income tax purposes) are shown on a fully tax equivalent basis utilizing a federal tax rate of 34%.  

2015 

For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 
2014 

2013 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Average 
Balance 

Interest  

Average 
Yield/Cost 

Average 
Balance 

Interest  

Average 
Yield/Cost 

Average 
Balance 

Interest  

Average 
Yield/Cost 

Interest-earning assets: 
Loans receivable 
Investment securities (3) 
Interest-bearing deposits with 

other banks 

Total interest-earning assets 
Noninterest-earning assets 
Total assets 
Interest-bearing liabilities: 
Interest-bearing demand 

deposits 

Money market deposits 
Savings deposits 
Certificates of deposit 
Borrowings 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 
Noninterest-bearing liabilities: 

Other liabilities 
Stockholders' equity 
Total liabilities and stockholders' 

equity 

Net interest income 
Interest rate spread (1) 
Net interest margin (2) 
Ratio of average interest-earning 
assets to average interest-
bearing liabilities 

  $  494,931     $  23,824       
4,627       
     152,015       

4.81%   $  455,035    $  22,726       
5,023       
4.11%      158,585      

4.99%   $  415,610     $  22,496       
5,558       
4.18%      182,942       

     23,855       
144       
     670,801        28,595       
     39,470       
  $  710,271       

0.60%      33,119      
125       
4.51%      646,739       27,874       

0.38%      38,117       
124       
4.56%      636,669        28,178       

         24,845      
      $  671,584      

         24,278       
      $  660,947       

  $  62,064       
     76,034       
     179,095       
     190,097       
     22,108       
     529,398       

     116,218       
     64,655       

  $  710,271   

191       
312       
542       
2,381       
394       
3,820       

0.31%   $  59,484      
0.41%      75,443      
0.30%      177,958      
1.25%      180,634      
1.78%      19,567      
0.72%      513,086      

193       
300       
560       
2,580       
437       
4,070       

0.32%   $  81,941       
0.40%      77,991       
0.31%      178,678       
1.43%      184,539       
2.23%      20,451       
0.79%      543,600       

215       
303       
608       
3,583       
541       
5,250       

         99,511      
         58,987      

         63,971       
         53,376       

  $  671,584  

  $  660,947   

      $  24,775       

     $  23,804       

     $  22,928       

3.78%     
3.94%     

3.77%     
3.93%     

126.71% 

126.05% 

5.41% 
3.90% 

0.33% 
4.67% 

0.26% 
0.39% 
0.34% 
1.94% 
2.65% 
0.97% 

3.71% 
3.85% 

117.12% 

(1) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of 
interest-bearing liabilities 
(2) Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. 
(3) Tax-equivalent adjustments to interest income for tax-exempt securities were $1,628, $1,611, and $1,568 for 2015, 2014, 
and 2013, respectively. 

97 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
    
    
  
     
  
    
  
    
  
     
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
         
        
        
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
         
        
        
  
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
   
      
        
        
         
        
        
         
        
        
  
      
        
        
         
        
        
         
        
        
  
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
   
    
       
   
    
       
   
    
       
   
    
        
        
   
    
        
       
       
       
       
       
    
        
       
       
       
       
       
    
        
   
    
    
       
   
    
    
       
   
    
  
  
 
 
Interest Rates and Interest Differential 

2015 versus 2014 

2014 versus 2013 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Interest-earning assets: 
Loans receivable 
Investment securities 
Interest-bearing deposits with 

other banks 

Total interest-earning assets 

   Volume 

Increase (decrease) due to  
Rate  

Total 

     Volume 

Increase (decrease) due to 
Rate  

Total 

  $ 

1,956    $ 
(273)     

(858)   $ 
(123)     

1,098     $ 
(396 )     

2,052     $ 
(984)     

(1,822)   $ 
449       

(45)     
1,638      

64      
(917)     

19       
721       

(18)     
1,050       

19       
(1,354)     

230   
(535) 

1   
(304) 

Interest-bearing liabilities: 

Interest-bearing demand deposits      
Money market deposits 
Savings deposits 
Certificates of deposit 
Borrowings 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

8      
2      
4      
127      
51      
192      

(10)     
10      
(22)     
(326)     
(94)     
(442)     

(2 )     
12       
(18 )     
(199 )     
(43 )     
(250 )     

(66)     
(10)     
(2)     
(66)     
(22)     
(166)     

44       
7       
(46)     
(937)     
(82)     
(1,014)     

(22) 
(3) 
(48) 
(1,003) 
(104) 
(1,180) 

Net interest income 

  $ 

1,446    $ 

(475)   $ 

971     $ 

1,216     $ 

(340)   $ 

876   

Allowance  for  Loan  and  Lease  Losses.  The  allowance  for  loan  and  lease  losses  (“ALLL”)  represents  the  amount 
management estimates is adequate to provide for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. 
Accordingly, all loan losses are charged to the allowance, and all recoveries credited to it. The ALLL is established through 
a provision for loan losses, which is charged to operations. The provision is based on management's periodic evaluation of 
the  adequacy  of  the  ALLL,  taking  into  account  the  overall  risk  characteristics  of  the  various  portfolio  segments,  the 
Company's loan loss experience, the impact of economic conditions on borrowers, and other relevant factors. The estimates 
used to determine the adequacy of the ALLL, including the amounts and timing of future cash flows expected on impaired 
loans,  are  particularly  susceptible  to  significant  change  in  the  near  term.  The  total  ALLL  is  a  combination  of  a  specific 
allowance for identified problem loans and a general allowance for homogeneous loan pools.  

The  allowance  for  loan  and  lease  loss balance  as of  December 31, 2015  totaled $6.4 million representing  a  $0.4  million 
decrease from the end of 2014. For the year of 2015, the provision for loan losses was $0.3 million which represented a 
decrease of $0.1 million from the $0.4 million provided during 2014. Asset quality is a high priority in our overall business 
plan as it relates to long-term asset growth projections. During 2015, net charge-offs increased by $0.2 million to $0.8 million 
compared to $0.6 million in 2014. Two key ratios to monitor asset quality performance are net charge-offs/average loans and 
the  allowance  for  loan  and  lease  losses/nonperforming  loans.  At  year-end  2015,  these  ratios  were  0.16%  and  62.2%, 
respectively, compared to 0.13% and 75.7% in 2014.  

The specific allowance incorporates the results of measuring impaired loans. The formula allowance is calculated by applying 
loss factors to outstanding loans by type, excluding loans for which a specific allowance has been determined. Loss factors 
are based on management's determination of the amounts necessary for concentrations and changes in mix and volume of the 
loan portfolio, and consideration of historical loss experience.  

The non-specific allowance is determined based upon management's evaluation of existing economic and business conditions 
affecting  the  key  lending  areas  of  the  Company  and  other  conditions,  such  as  new  loan  products,  credit  quality  trends, 
collateral values, unique industry conditions within portfolio segments that existed as of the balance sheet date, and the impact 
of  those  conditions  on  the  collectability  of  the  loan  portfolio.  Management  reviews  these  conditions  quarterly.  The  non-
specific allowance is subject to a higher degree of uncertainty because it considers risk factors that may not be reflected in 
the historical loss factors.  

98 

  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
Although  management  uses  the  best  information  available  to  make  the  determination  of  the  adequacy  of  the  ALLL  at 
December 31, 2015, future adjustments could be necessary if circumstances or economic conditions differ substantially from 
the assumptions used in making the initial determinations. A downturn in the local economy could result in increased levels 
of nonperforming assets and charge-offs, increased loan loss provisions, and reductions in income. Additionally, as an integral 
part of the examination process, bank regulatory agencies periodically review a Bank’s ALLL. The banking agencies could 
require the recognition of additions to the loan loss allowance based on their judgment of information available to them at 
the time of their examination.  

The following table sets forth information concerning the Company's ALLL at the dates and for the periods presented.  

(Dollars in thousands) 

2015 

For the Years Ended 
December 31, 
2014 

2013 

Allowance balance at beginning of period 

  $ 

6,846     $ 

7,046      $ 

7,779   

Loans charged off: 

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate-construction 
Real estate-mortgage: 

Residential 
Commercial 

Consumer installment 

(280)      
(385)      

(425)      
(92)      
(15)      

(237 )      
-        

(671 )      
(260 )      
(44 )      

(419 ) 
(191 ) 

(675 ) 
-   
(45 ) 

Total loans charged off 

(1,197)      

(1,212 )      

(1,330 ) 

Recoveries of loans previously charged-off: 

Commercial and industrial 
Real estate-construction 
Real estate-mortgage: 

Residential 
Commercial 

Consumer installment 

Total recoveries 

Net loans charged off 

Provision for loan losses 

207        
-       

186        
5        
23        

421        

(776)      

315        

121        
60        

267        
40        
154        

642        

(570 )      

370        

191   
33   

107   
46   
24   

401   

(929 ) 

196   

Allowance balance at end of period 

Loans outstanding: 

Average 
End of period 

  $ 

  $ 

Ratio of allowance for loan and lease losses to loans 

outstanding at end of period 
Net charge-offs to average loans 

6,385     $ 

6,846      $ 

7,046   

494,931     $ 
533,710       

455,035      $ 
470,584        

415,610   
435,725   

1.20%     
0.16%     

1.45 %     
0.13 %     

1.62 % 
0.22 % 

99 

  
   
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
      
         
         
  
  
      
         
         
  
      
         
         
  
    
    
      
         
         
  
    
    
    
  
      
         
         
  
    
  
      
         
         
  
      
         
         
  
    
    
      
         
         
  
    
    
    
  
      
         
         
  
    
  
      
         
         
  
    
  
      
         
         
  
    
  
      
         
         
  
  
      
         
         
  
      
         
         
  
    
  
      
         
         
  
    
    
  
  
 
 
The following table illustrates the allocation of the Company's allowance for probable loan losses for each category of loan 
for each reported period. The allocation of the allowance to each category is not necessarily indicative of future loss in a 
particular category and does not restrict our use of the allowance to absorb losses in other loan categories.  

2015 

At December 31,  
2014 

2013 

Percent of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category to 
Total Loans       Amount       

Percent of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category to 
Total Loans       Amount       

Percent of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category to 
Total Loans   

   Amount       

(Dollars in Thousands) 

Type of Loans: 
Commercial and industrial 
Real estate construction 
Mortgage: 

Residential 
Commercial 

Consumer installment 

  $ 

867       
276       

3,139       
2,078       
25       

8.0%   $ 
4.2       

642       
868       

12.9%   $ 
6.4       

614       
576       

43.6       
43.4       
0.9       

3,703       
1,576       
57       

48.4       
31.3       
1.0       

3,664       
2,170       
22       

12.5 %
5.9   

48.3   
32.4   
0.9   

Total 

  $ 

6,385       

100.0%   $ 

6,846       

100.0 %   $ 

7,046       

100.0 %

Nonperforming assets. Nonperforming assets includes nonaccrual loans, troubled debt restructurings (TDRs), loans 90 days 
or more past due, assets purchased by EMORECO, OREO, and repossessed assets. A loan is classified as nonaccrual when, 
in the opinion of management, there are serious doubts about collectability of interest and principal. Accrual of interest is 
discontinued  on  a  loan  when  management  believes,  after  considering  economic  and  business  conditions,  the  borrower’s 
financial condition is such that collection of principal and interest is doubtful. Payments received on nonaccrual loans are 
applied against principal.  

TDRs are those loans which the Company, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants 
a concession to the borrower that the Company would not otherwise consider. The Company has 30 TDRs with a total balance 
of $3.1 million as of December 31, 2015 compared to 25 TDRs totaling $2.9 million as of December 31, 2014. Nonperforming 
loans amounted to $10.3 million or 1.9% of total loans and $9.0 million or 1.9% of total loans at December 31, 2015 and 
December 31, 2014, respectively. Of the nonperforming loans, 80.9% are secured by real estate as of December 31, 2015 as 
compared to 92.8% at December 31, 2014.  

A major factor in determining the appropriateness of the ALLL is the type of collateral which secures the loans. Although 
this does not insure against all losses, the real estate provides substantial recovery, even in a distressed-sale and declining-
value environment. The Bank’s objective is to work with the borrower to minimize the burden of the debt service and to 
minimize the future loss exposure to the Company. 

100 

  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
    
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
    
    
    
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
The following table summarizes nonperforming assets by category.  

Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis:  

Commercial and industrial  
Real estate - construction  
Real estate-mortgage:  

Residential  
Commercial  

Consumer installment  
Total nonaccrual loans  
Troubled debt restructuring:  
Commercial and industrial  
Real estate - construction  
Real estate-mortgage:  

Residential  
Commercial  

Consumer installment  
Total troubled debt restructuring  

Accruing loans which are contractually past due 90 days or 

more:  
Commercial and industrial  
Real estate - construction  
Real estate-mortgage:  

Residential  
Commercial  

Consumer installment  
Total accruing loans which are contractually past due 90 

days or more  

Total nonperforming loans  
Other real estate owned  
Total nonperforming assets 
Total nonperforming loans to total loans 
Total nonperforming loans to total assets 
Total nonperforming assets to total assets 

  $ 

  $ 

2015 

At December 31, 
2014 

2013 

(Dollars in Thousands) 

1,450      $ 
130        

4,122        
1,842        
1        
7,545        

509        
129        

1,398        
680        
-        
2,716        

-        
-        

2        
-        
-        

2        
10,263        
1,412        
11,675      $ 
1.92 %     
1.40 %     
1.59 %     

365      $ 
587        

5,438        
955        
2        
7,347        

250        
-        

1,015        
265        
6        
1,536        

-        
-        

165        
-        
-        

165        
9,048        
2,590        
11,638      $ 
1.92 %     
1.34 %     
1.72 %     

214   
-  

7,566   
743   
8   
8,531   

1,352   
-  

987   
1,420   
-  
3,759   

38   
-  

143   
-  
-  

181   
12,471   
2,698   
15,169   

2.82% 
1.90% 
2.32% 

Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes, after considering economic and business conditions, 
the borrower's financial condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful. Payments received on nonaccrual loans are 
recorded as income or applied against principal according to management's judgment as to the collectability of principal.  

A loan is considered impaired when it is probable the borrower will not repay the loan according to the original contractual 
terms of the loan agreement, including all troubled debt restructurings. Management has determined that first mortgage loans 
on one-to-four family properties and all consumer loans represent large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans that 
are to be collectively evaluated. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays, which are defined as 90 days or less, 
generally are not classified as impaired. A loan is not impaired during a period of delay in payment if the Company expects 
to collect all amounts due, including interest accrued at the contractual interest rate for the period of delay. Management 
evaluates all loans identified as impaired individually. The Company estimates credit losses on impaired loans based on the 
present value of expected cash flows, or the fair value of the underlying collateral if loan repayment is expected to come from 
the sale or operation of the collateral. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when it is determined a realized 
loss has occurred. Until that time, an allowance for loan and lease loss is maintained for estimated losses.  

101 

   
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
      
         
         
  
  
    
  
      
         
         
  
    
      
         
         
  
    
    
    
    
      
         
         
  
    
    
      
         
         
  
    
    
    
    
      
         
         
  
    
    
      
         
         
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
Interest income that would have been recorded had these loans not been placed on nonaccrual status was $259,000 in 2015; 
$207,000  in  2014;  and  $439,000  in  2013.  Management  is  not  aware  of  any  trends  or  uncertainties  related  to  any  loans 
classified as doubtful or substandard that might have a material effect on earnings, liquidity, or capital resources.  

Changes in Results of Operations  

2015 Results Compared to 2014 Results  

General The Company posted net income of $6.9 million, compared to $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. 
On a per share basis, 2015 earnings were $3.39 per diluted share, representing a decrease from the $3.50 per diluted share 
for the year ended December 31, 2014. The return on average equity for the year ended December 31, 2015, was 10.62% and 
the Company’s return on average assets was 0.97%.  

Net interest income Net interest income, which is the Company’s largest revenue source, is the difference between interest 
income on earning assets and interest expense paid on liabilities. Net interest income is affected by the changes in interest 
rates and the composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income increased by $1.0 
million in 2015 to $24.8 million compared to $23.8 million for 2014. This increase is the result of a $0.7 million increase in 
interest income and $0.3 million decrease in interest expense. Interest-earning assets averaged $670.8 million during 2015, a 
year-over-year increase of $24.1 million from $646.7 million for 2014. The Company’s average interest-bearing liabilities 
increased from $513.1 million in 2014 to $529.4 million in 2015. 

The profit margin, or spread, on invested funds is a key performance indicator. The Company monitors two key performance 
indicators — net interest spread and net interest margin. The net interest spread represents the difference between the average 
rate  earned  on  interest-earning  assets  and  the  average  rate  paid  on  interest-bearing  liabilities.  The  net  interest  margin 
represents the overall profit margin: net interest income as a percentage of total interest-earning assets. This performance 
indicator gives effect to interest earned for all investable funds including the substantial volume of interest-free funds. For 
2015 the net interest margin, measured on a fully taxable equivalent basis, increased to 3.94%, compared to 3.93% in 2014. 

Interest income Interest income increased $0.7 million to $28.6 million for 2015 which is attributable to a $1.1 million 
increase in interest and fees on loans. This change was the result of an increase in the average balance of loans receivable, 
partially offset by a lower yield on the portfolio. The average balance of loans receivable increased by $39.9 million or 8.8% 
to $494.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to $455.0 million for the year ended December 31, 
2014. The loans receivable yield decreased to 4.81% for 2015, from 4.99% in 2014.  

Interest on investment securities decreased $0.4 million to $4.6 million for 2015, compared to $5.0 million for 2014. The 
average balance of investment securities decreased $6.6 million to $152.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as 
compared to $158.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The investment securities yield slipped 7 basis points to 
4.11% for 2015, compared to 4.18% for 2014.  

Interest expense Interest expense decreased $0.3 million or 6.1% to $3.8 million for 2015, compared with $4.1 million for 
2014. This change in interest expense can be attributed to a 7 basis point decline in the rate paid on these liabilities, partially 
offset by an increase in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities. For the year ended December 31, 2015 the average 
balance of interest-bearing liabilities increased by $16.3 million to $529.4 million as compared to $513.1 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2014. Interest incurred on deposits declined by $0.2 million for the year from $3.6 million in 2014 to 
$3.4 million for year-end 2015. The change in deposit expense was due to the declining average balance as well as a 6 basis 
point decline during the year. Interest expense incurred on FHLB advances, repurchase agreements, junior subordinated debt 
and other borrowings declined 9.8% from 2014. The decline was due to a 45 basis point decrease in the rate paid on these 
borrowings during the year.  

Loan Loss Provision The provision for loan losses is an operating expense recorded to maintain the related balance sheet 
allowance for loan and lease losses at an amount considered adequate to cover probable losses incurred in the normal course 
of lending. The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $0.3 million compared to $0.4 million 
in 2014. The loan loss provision is based upon management's assessment of a variety of factors, including types and amounts 
of nonperforming loans, historical loss experience, collectability of collateral values and guaranties, pending legal action for 
collection of loans and related guaranties, and current economic conditions. The loan loss provision reflects management's 
judgment of the current period cost-of-credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio. Although management believes the loan loss 
provision has been sufficient to maintain an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses, actual loan losses could exceed the 
amounts that have been charged to operations. The ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans decreased to 
1.20% of total loans at December 31, 2015 compared to the 1.45% at December 31, 2014.  

102 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company created a new entity, EMORECO, Inc., which is designed to aid in troubled 
asset resolution. Since its inception, EMORECO has purchased $5.8 million of nonperforming assets.  

Noninterest income Noninterest income increased $0.4 million or 12.7% to $4.0 million for 2015 compared to $3.6 million 
for 2014. The increase is due to increase an increase in earnings on bank-owned life insurance.  

Noninterest expense Operating expenses increased $2.2 million, or 12.5% to $20.1 million for 2015 compared to $17.9 
million for 2014. Salaries and benefits, other expense, and advertising expense increased $0.9 million, $0.6 million, and $0.2 
million, or 10.6%, 22.1%, and 47.7%, respectively. The salaries increased as a result of the addition of key people and pay 
increases.  The  primary  driver  of  increase  in  other  expense  was  an  increase  in  miscellaneous  loan  expense.  Advertising 
expense increased as a result of strategic branding efforts. These were partially offset by a decrease in loss on other real estate 
owned of $0.2 million.  

Provision for Income Taxes The provision for income taxes decreased by $0.4 million, or 21.6%, to $1.6 million for 2015 
from $2.0 million for 2014. The Company’s effective federal income tax rate in 2015 was 18.5% compared to 21.7% in 2014.  

2014 Results Compared to 2013 Results  

General The Company posted net income of $7.2 million, compared to $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. 
On a per share basis, 2014 earnings were $3.50 per diluted share, representing an increase from the $3.47 per diluted share 
for the year ended December 31, 2013. The return on average equity for the year ended December 31, 2014, was 12.17% and 
the Company’s return on average assets was 1.07%.  

Net interest income Net interest income, which is the Company’s largest revenue source, is the difference between interest 
income on earning assets and interest expense paid on liabilities. Net interest income is affected by the changes in interest 
rates and the composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income increased by $0.9 
million in 2014 to $23.8 million compared to $22.9 million for 2013. This increase is the net result of a $1.2 million decrease 
in interest expense which was partially offset by a decrease in interest income of $0.3 million. Interest-earning assets averaged 
$644.9 million during 2014, a year-over-year increase of $8.2 million from $636.7 million for 2013. The Company’s average 
interest-bearing liabilities decreased from $543.6 million in 2013 to $513.1 million in 2014. 

The profit margin, or spread, on invested funds is a key performance indicator. The Company monitors two key performance 
indicators — net interest spread and net interest margin. The net interest spread represents the difference between the average 
rate  earned  on  interest-earning  assets  and  the  average  rate  paid  on  interest-bearing  liabilities.  The  net  interest  margin 
represents the overall profit margin: net interest income as a percentage of total interest-earning assets. This performance 
indicator gives effect to interest earned for all investable funds including the substantial volume of interest-free funds. For 
2014 the net interest margin, measured on a fully taxable equivalent basis, increased to 3.93%, compared to 3.85% in 2013. 

Interest income Interest income decreased $0.3 million to $27.9 million for 2014 which is attributable to a $0.6 million 
decrease in taxable interest on investment securities. The change in interest income on securities was the result of a decrease 
in the average balance of investment securities, partially offset by a higher yield on the portfolio. The average balance of 
investment  securities  decreased  by  $24.4  million  or  13.3%  to  $158.6  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014  as 
compared to $182.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The investment security yield increased to 4.18% for 
2014, from 3.90% in 2013.  

Interest and fees on loans increased $0.2 million to $22.7 million for 2014, compared to $22.5 million for 2013. The average 
balance of loans increased $39.4 million to $455.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $415.6 
million for the year ended December 31, 2013 which was offset by a decline in the loan yield to 4.99% for 2014, compared 
to 5.41% for 2013.  

Interest expense Interest expense decreased $1.2 million or 22.5% to $4.1 million for 2014, compared with $5.3 million for 
2013. This change in interest expense can be attributed to an 18 basis point decline in the rate paid on these liabilities, as well 
as a decrease in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities. For the year ended December 31, 2014 the average balance 
of interest-bearing liabilities decreased by $30.5 million to $513.1 million as compared to $543.6 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2013. Interest incurred on deposits declined by $1.1 million for the year from $4.7 million in 2013 to $3.6 
million for year-end 2014. The change in deposit expense was due to the declining average balance as well as a 16 basis point 
decline during the year. Interest expense incurred on FHLB advances, repurchase agreements, junior subordinated debt and 
other borrowings declined $0.1 million or 19.2% to $0.4 million for 2014, compared to $0.5 million for 2013. The decline 
was compounded by a 42 basis point decrease in the rate paid on these borrowings during the year.  

103 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Loan Loss Provision The provision for loan losses is an operating expense recorded to maintain the related balance sheet 
allowance for loan and lease losses at an amount considered adequate to cover probable losses incurred in the normal course 
of lending. The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $0.4 million compared to $0.2 million 
in 2013. The loan loss provision is based upon management's assessment of a variety of factors, including types and amounts 
of nonperforming loans, historical loss experience, collectability of collateral values and guaranties, pending legal action for 
collection of loans and related guaranties, and current economic conditions. The loan loss provision reflects management's 
judgment of the current period cost-of-credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio. Although management believes the loan loss 
provision has been sufficient to maintain an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses, actual loan losses could exceed the 
amounts that have been charged to operations. The ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans decreased to 
1.45% of total loans at December 31, 2014 compared to the 1.62% at December 31, 2013.  

During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company created a new entity, EMORECO, Inc., which is designed to aid in troubled 
asset resolution. Since its inception, EMORECO has purchased $5.8 million of nonperforming assets.  

Noninterest income Noninterest income increased $0.4 million or 14.13% to $3.6 million for 2014 compared to $3.1 million 
for 2013. The increase is largely due to increases in investment security gains and gains on sale of loans of $0.2 million each. 
This amount was partially offset by a decrease to service charges on deposit accounts of $0.1 million. 

Noninterest  expense  Operating  expenses  increased  $1.0  million,  or  5.8%  to  $17.9  million  for  2014  compared  to  $16.9 
million for 2013. Salaries and benefits, other expense, and losses on other real estate owned increased $0.9 million, $0.4 
million, and $0.2 million, or 11.4%, 15.8%, and 916.7%, respectively. These were partially offset by a decrease in Ohio state 
franchise tax of $0.3 million, or 44.7%.  

Provision  for  Income  Taxes  The  provision  for  income  taxes  was  essentially  unchanged  at  $2.0  million  for  2014.  The 
Company’s effective federal income tax rate in 2014 was 21.7% compared to 22.0% in 2013.  

Asset and Liability Management  

The primary objective of the Company’s asset and liability management function is to maximize the Company’s net interest 
income  while  simultaneously  maintaining  an  acceptable  level  of  interest  rate  risk  given  the  Company’s  operating 
environment,  capital  and  liquidity  requirements,  performance  objectives  and  overall  business  focus.  The  principal 
determinant of the exposure of the Company’s earnings to interest rate risk is the timing difference between the re-pricing or 
maturity of interest-earning assets and the re-pricing or maturity of its interest-bearing liabilities. The Company’s asset and 
liability  management  policies  are  designed  to  decrease  interest  rate  sensitivity  primarily  by  shortening  the  maturities  of 
interest-earning assets while at the same time extending the maturities of interest-bearing liabilities. The Board of Directors 
of the Company continues to believe in a strong asset/liability management process in order to insulate the Company from 
material and prolonged increases in interest rates. Mortgage-backed securities generally increase the quality of the Company’s 
assets by virtue of the insurance or guarantees that back them, are more liquid than individual mortgage loans and may be 
used to collateralize borrowings or other obligations of the Company.  

The Company’s Board of Directors has established an Asset and Liability Management Committee consisting of outside 
directors  and  senior  management.  This  committee,  which  meets  quarterly,  generally  monitors  various  asset  and  liability 
management policies and strategies.  

Interest Rate Sensitivity Simulation Analysis  

The Company utilizes income simulation modeling in measuring its interest rate risk and managing its interest rate sensitivity. 
The  Asset  and  Liability  Management  Committee  of  the  Company  believes  the  various  rate  scenarios  of  the  simulation 
modeling enables the Company to more accurately evaluate and manage the exposure of interest rate fluctuations on net 
interest income, the yield curve, various loan and mortgage-backed security prepayments, and deposit decay assumptions.  

Earnings simulation modeling and assumptions about the timing and volatility of cash flows are critical in net portfolio equity 
valuation analysis. Particularly important are the assumptions driving mortgage prepayments and expected attrition of the 
core deposit portfolios. These assumptions are based on the Company’s historical experience and industry standards and are 
applied consistently across all rate risk measures.  

104 

   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The Company has established the following guidelines for assessing interest rate risk:  

Net interest income simulation- Given a 200 basis point parallel gradual increase or decrease in market interest rates, net 
interest income may not change by more than 10% for a one-year period. Given a 100 basis point parallel gradual decrease 
in market interest rates, net interest income may not change by more than 8% for a one-year period. 

Portfolio equity simulation- Portfolio equity is the net present value of the Company’s existing assets and liabilities. Given a 
200 basis point immediate and permanent increase in market interest rates, portfolio equity may not correspondingly decrease 
or increase by more than 20% of stockholders’ equity. Given a 100 basis point immediate and permanent decrease in market 
interest rates, portfolio equity may not correspondingly decrease or increase by more than 10% of stockholders’ equity. 

The following table presents the simulated impact of a 200 basis point upward or 100 basis point downward shift of market 
interest rates on net interest income, and the change in portfolio equity. This analysis was done assuming the interest-earning 
asset and interest-bearing liability levels at December 31, 2015 remained constant. The impact of the market rate movements 
was  developed  by  simulating  the  effects  of  rates  changing  gradually  from  the  December  31,  2015  levels  for  net  interest 
income, and portfolio equity. The impact of market rate movements was developed by simulating the effects of an immediate 
and permanent change in rates at December 31, 2015 for portfolio equity: 

Increase  
200 Basis Points  

Decrease  
100 Basis Points  

Net interest income - decrease 

Portfolio equity - decrease 

(2.8)%     

0.7 %      

(1.7)% 

(14.5)% 

Liquidity and Capital Resources  

Liquidity. Liquidity management involves monitoring the ability to meet the cash flow needs of bank customers, such as 
borrowings or deposit withdrawals, as well as the Company’s own financial commitments. The principal sources of liquidity 
are  net  income,  loan  payments,  maturing  and  principal  reductions  on  securities  and  sales  of  securities  available  for  sale, 
federal funds sold and cash and deposits with banks. Along with its liquid assets, the Company has additional sources of 
liquidity available to ensure adequate funds are available as needed. These include, but are not limited to, the purchase of 
federal funds, the ability to borrow funds under line of credit agreements with correspondent banks, a borrowing agreement 
with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati, Ohio and the adjustment of interest rates to obtain deposits. Management 
believes the Company has the capital adequacy, profitability and reputation to meet the current and projected needs of its 
customers.  

Liquidity is managed based on factors including core deposits as a percentage of total deposits, the level of funding source 
diversification, the allocation and amount of deposits among deposit types, the short-term funding sources used to fund assets, 
the  amount  of  non-deposit  funding  used  to  fund  assets,  the  availability  of  unused  funding  sources,  off-balance  sheet 
obligations, the availability of assets readily converted to cash without undue loss, the amount of cash and liquid securities 
we hold, and the re-pricing characteristics and maturities of our assets when compared to the re-pricing characteristics of our 
liabilities and other factors. 

The Company's liquid assets consist of cash and cash equivalents, which include investments in very short-term investments 
(i.e., federal funds sold), and investment securities classified as available for sale. The level of these assets is dependent on 
the Company's operating, investing, and financing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2015, cash and cash 
equivalents totaled $23.8 million or 3.2% of total assets while investment securities classified as available for sale totaled 
$146.5 million or 19.9% of total assets. Management believes that the liquidity needs of the Company are satisfied by the 
current balance of cash and cash equivalents, readily available access to traditional funding sources, FHLB advances, junior 
subordinated debt, and the portion of the investment and loan portfolios that mature within one year. These sources of funds 
will enable the Company to meet cash obligations and off-balance sheet commitments as they come due.  

Operating activities provided net cash of $7.2 million, $7.5 million, and $9.9 million for 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively, 
generated principally from net income of $6.9 million, $7.2 million, and $7.0 million in each of these respective periods.  

105 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Investing activities used $59.4 million which consisted primarily of investment activity and loan originations. The cash usages 
primarily consisted of loan increases of $63.9 million and investment purchases of $21.9 million. Partially offsetting the 
usage are proceeds from repayments and maturities and proceeds from sale of securities of $13.5 million and $15.7 million, 
respectively. For the same period ended 2014, investing activities used $26.7 million which consisted primarily of investment 
activity  and  loan  originations.  The  cash  usages  primarily  consisted  of  investment  purchases  of  $12.3  million  and  loan 
increases of $36.2 million. Partially offsetting the usage are proceeds from repayments and maturities and proceeds from sale 
of securities of $13.5 million and $8.4 million, respectively. For the same period ended 2013, investing activities used $6.1 
million  which  consisted  primarily  of  investment  activity  and  loan  originations.  The  cash  usages  primarily  consisted  of 
investment purchases of $25.8 million and loan increases of $29.8 million. Partially offsetting the usage are proceeds from 
repayments and maturities and proceeds from sale of securities of $25.4 million and $25.1 million, respectively. 

Financing  activities  consist of  the solicitation  and repayment  of  customer  deposits, borrowings  and  repayments,  treasury 
stock activity, and the payment of dividends. During 2015, net cash provided by financing activities totaled $50.4 million, 
principally  derived  from  increases  in  deposit  accounts  and  short-term  borrowings  of  $38.3  million  and  $21.0  million, 
respectively, and partially offset by treasury stock purchase of $6.8 million and $2.2 million in cash dividends. During 2014, 
net cash provided by financing activities totaled $18.7 million, principally derived from increases in deposit accounts and 
short-term borrowings of $17.3 million and $4.0 million, respectively, and partially offset by $2.1 million in cash dividends. 
During  2013,  net  cash  used  for  financing  activities  totaled  $23.0  million,  principally  derived  from  a  decrease  in  deposit 
accounts of $24.5 million and partially offset by $4.3 million increase in short-term borrowings. 

Liquidity may be adversely affected by many circumstances, including unexpected deposit outflows and increased draws on 
lines  of  credit.  Management  monitors  projected  liquidity  needs  and  determines  the  desirable  level  based  in  part  on  the 
Company's  commitment  to  make  loans  and  management's  assessment  of  the  Company's  ability  to  generate  funds.  The 
Company anticipates having sufficient liquidity to satisfy estimated short and long-term funding needs.  

Capital Resources. The Company's primary source of capital is retained earnings. Historically, the Company has generated 
net retained income to support normal growth and expansion. Management has developed a capital planning policy to not 
only ensure regulatory compliance but capital adequacy for future expansion.  

Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters 

The Company had approximately 1,057 stockholders of record as of December 31, 2015. The Company’s common stock is 
traded and authorized for quotation on NASDAQ under the symbol “MBCN.”  

The following table shows the high and low bid prices of and cash dividends paid on the Company’s common stock in 2015 
and  2014,  adjusted  for  stock  splits  and  stock  dividends.  This  information  does  not  reflect  retail  mark-up,  markdown  or 
commissions, and does not necessarily represent actual transactions.  

High Bid 

Low Bid 

Cash Dividends 
per share 

2015 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

2014 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

31.50     $ 
31.60     $ 
30.20     $ 
28.90     $ 

26.00     $ 
27.05     $ 
28.55     $ 
33.00     $ 

0.26   
0.27   
0.27   
0.27   

0.26   
0.26   
0.26   
0.26   

34.82     $ 
33.65     $ 
34.00     $ 
34.75     $ 

28.00     $ 
30.50     $ 
35.70     $ 
34.50     $ 

106 

  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
  
    
        
        
   
  
      
        
        
  
    
        
        
   
  
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

Management  of  the  Company  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

A  material  weakness  is  a  significant  deficiency  (as  defined  in  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  Auditing 
Standard No. 5), or a combination of significant deficiencies, that results in there being more than a remote likelihood that a 
material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by 
management  or  employees  in  the  normal  course  by  management  or  employees  in  the  normal  course  of  performing  their 
assigned functions. 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. 
In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment, management 
believes that, as of December 31, 2015, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective. 

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal 
control  over  financial  reporting.  Management’s  report  was  not  subject  to  attestation  by  the  Company’s  registered  public 
accounting firm because section 989G of the Dodd Frank Act exempts smaller reporting companies from the requirement of 
an attestation by registered public accountants concerning internal controls over financial reporting. 

/s/ Thomas G. Caldwell  
By: Thomas G. Caldwell  
President and Chief Executive Officer  
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Date: March 9, 2016 

/s/ Donald L. Stacy 
By: Donald L. Stacy 
Treasurer 
(Principal Financial & Accounting Officer) 

Date: March 9, 2016 

107 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Exhibit 21 

Middlefield Banc Corp. Subsidiaries 

1  The Middlefield Banking Company (“MBC”), an Ohio-chartered commercial bank that began operations in 1901.
MBC engages in a general commercial banking business in northeastern and central Ohio. The principal executive
office is located at 15985 East High Street, Middlefield, Ohio 44062-0035. 

2  On October 23, 2009 Middlefield received from the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland approval to establish an
asset resolution subsidiary. Organized as an Ohio corporation under the name EMORECO, Inc. and wholly owned
by  Middlefield  Banc  Corp,  the  purpose  of  the  asset resolution subsidiary  is  to  maintain,  manage,  and ultimately
dispose of nonperforming loans and real estate acquired by subsidiary banks as the result of borrower default on real
estate-secured loans.  

108 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Exhibit 23 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements File No. 333-153059, effective August 18, 2008 
on Form S-8 and Form S-8POS, File No. 333-183497, effective August 23, 2012 on Form S-3D and Form S-3DPOS, effective 
September 13, 2012 of Middlefield Banc Corp. of our report dated March 9, 2016, relating to our audit of the consolidated 
financial statements, which appears in the Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K of Middlefield Banc Corp. for the year ended December 31, 2015.  

/s/S.R. Snodgrass, P.C. 

Wexford, PA  
March 9, 2016 

109 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Exhibit 31.1 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer 
I, Thomas G. Caldwell, certify that: 

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Middlefield Banc Corp.; 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this report; 

4.   The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined 
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, 
is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; 
and 

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report 
financial information; and 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 9, 2016 

 /s/ Thomas G. Caldwell 

Thomas G. Caldwell. 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

110 

  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

Certification of Principal Financial and Accounting Officer 
I, Donald L. Stacy, certify that: 

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Middlefield Banc Corp.; 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this report; 

4.   The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined 
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, 
is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; 
and 

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report 
financial information; and 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 9, 2016 

/s/ Donald L. Stacy 

Donald L. Stacy 
Principal Financial and Accounting Officer 

111 

  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Exhibit 32 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In  connection with  the Annual  Report of Middlefield  Banc  Corp.  (the  “Company”) on  Form  10-K  for  the period  ending 
December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), we, Thomas G. 
Caldwell, President, and Donald L. Stacy, Chief Financial Officer, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C., Section 1350, as adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company. 

   /s/ Thomas G. Caldwell 

/s/ Donald L. Stacy 

   Thomas G. Caldwell 
   President and Chief Executive Officer 

   Donald L. Stacy 
   Principal Financial and Accounting Officer 

Date: March 9, 2016 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Middlefield Banc Corp. and will be 
retained by Middlefield Banc Corp. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request 

112 

  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Corporate Headquarters
Middlefield Banc Corp.
15985 East High Street
P.O. Box 35
Middlefield, Ohio 44062
888.801.1666 • 440.632.1666
fax: 440.632.1700
Form 10-K and 10-Q Availability
A  copy  of  Middlefield  Banc  Corp.’s  Annual  Report  on  Form 
10-K and Quarterly Reports on 10-Q filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission will be furnished to any shareholder, 
free of charge, upon written or e-mail request to:

Donald L. Stacy
Treasurer and CFO
Middlefield Banc Corp.
P.O. Box 35
Middlefield, Ohio 44062
or dstacy@middlefieldbank.com
Market Makers
The symbol for Middlefield Banc Corp. common stock is MBCN 
and the CUSIP is 596304204.
Sweney Cartwright & Co.
17 South High Street, Suite 300
Columbus, Ohio 43215
614.228.5391 • 800.334.7481
www.swencart.com
Boenning & Scattergood, Inc.
9916 Brewster Lane
Powell, Ohio 43065
866.326.8113
www.boenninginc.com
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods
787 Seventh Avenue 
New York, New York 10019 
800.342.5529
Notice of Annual Meeting
The Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Middlefield Banc Corp. 
will be held at 1:00 p.m. on Wednesday, May 11, 2016, at:
Sun Valley Banquet and Party Center
10000 Edwards Lane
Aurora, Ohio 44202
Transfer Agent and Registrar
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
59 Maiden Lane
Plaza Level
New York, New York 10038
800.937.5449
Independent Auditors
S.R. Snodgrass, P.C.
2100 Corporate Drive, Suite 400
Wexford, Pennsylvania 15090-7647
724.934.0344

Internet Information
Information on the Company and its subsidiary bank is  
available on the Internet at www.middlefieldbank.bank.
Dividend Payment Dates
Subject to action by the Board of Directors, Middlefield Banc 
Corp.  will  pay  dividends  in  March,  June,  September,  and 
December.
Dividend Reinvestment and  
Stock Purchase Plan
Shareholders may elect to reinvest their dividends in additional 
shares of Middlefield Banc Corp.’s common stock through the 
Company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan. To arrange automatic 
purchase of shares with quarterly dividend proceeds, please call 
888.801.1666.
Direct Deposit of Dividends
The direct deposit program, which is offered at no charge, 
provides for automatic deposit of quarterly dividends directly 
to a checking or savings account with The Middlefield Banking 
Company. For information regarding this program, please call 
888.801.1666.
Market for Common Equity and  
Related Stockholder Matters
Middlefield Banc Corp. had approximately 1,058 shareholders 
of record as of March 9, 2016. Our common stock trades on 
the NASDAQ Capital Market under the ticker symbol MBCN. 
The following table shows the high and low bid prices of and 
cash dividends paid on the Company’s common stock during 
the periods indicated. The high and low bid prices are compiled 
from data available through NASDAQ. This information does not 
reflect retail mark-up, markdowns or commissions, and does not 
necessarily represent actual transactions.

2015
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

2014
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

High
Bid

Low
Bid

Cash 
Dividends
per share

$34.82
$33.65
$34.00
$34.75

$28.00
$30.50
$35.70
$34.50

$31.50
$31.60
$30.20
$28.90 

$26.00
$27.05
$28.55
$33.00 

$0.26
$0.27
$0.27
$0.27

$0.26
$0.26
$0.26
$0.26

Middlefield Banc Corp.  
15985 East High Street, Middlefield, Ohio 44062  
888.801.1666 • www.middlefieldbank.bank

VISION    FOCUS    PERFORMANCE